tcc.c

   1 /*
   2  *  TCC - Tiny C Compiler
   3  *
   4  *  Copyright (c) 2001-2004 Fabrice Bellard
   5  *
   6  * This library is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
   7  * modify it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public
   8  * License as published by the Free Software Foundation; either
   9  * version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later version.
  10  *
  11  * This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
  12  * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
  13  * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the GNU
  14  * Lesser General Public License for more details.
  15  *
  16  * You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public
  17  * License along with this library; if not, write to the Free Software
  18  * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA  02111-1307  USA
  19  */
  20 #define _GNU_SOURCE
  21 #include "config.h"
  22
  23 #ifdef CONFIG_TCCBOOT
  24
  25 #include "tccboot.h"
  26 #define CONFIG_TCC_STATIC
  27
  28 #else
  29
  30 #include <stdlib.h>
  31 #include <stdio.h>
  32 #include <stdarg.h>
  33 #include <string.h>
  34 #include <errno.h>
  35 #include <math.h>
  36 #include <unistd.h>
  37 #include <signal.h>
  38 #include <fcntl.h>
  39 #include <setjmp.h>
  40 #include <time.h>
  41 #ifdef _WIN32
  42 #include <sys/timeb.h>
  43 #include <windows.h>
  44 #endif
  45 #ifndef _WIN32
  46 #include <sys/time.h>
  47 #include <sys/ucontext.h>
  48 #include <sys/mman.h>
  49 #endif
  50
  51 #endif /* !CONFIG_TCCBOOT */
  52
  53 #ifndef PAGESIZE
  54 #define PAGESIZE 4096
  55 #endif
  56
  57 #include "elf.h"
  58 #include "stab.h"
  59
  60 #ifndef O_BINARY
  61 #define O_BINARY 0
  62 #endif
  63
  64 #include "libtcc.h"
  65
  66 /* parser debug */
  67 //#define PARSE_DEBUG
  68 /* preprocessor debug */
  69 //#define PP_DEBUG
  70 /* include file debug */
  71 //#define INC_DEBUG
  72
  73 //#define MEM_DEBUG
  74
  75 /* assembler debug */
  76 //#define ASM_DEBUG
  77
  78 /* target selection */
  79 //#define TCC_TARGET_I386   /* i386 code generator */
  80 //#define TCC_TARGET_ARM    /* ARMv4 code generator */
  81 //#define TCC_TARGET_C67    /* TMS320C67xx code generator */
  82
  83 /* default target is I386 */
  84 #if !defined(TCC_TARGET_I386) && !defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && \
  85     !defined(TCC_TARGET_C67)
  86 #define TCC_TARGET_I386
  87 #endif
  88
  89 #if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(TCC_UCLIBC) && !defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && \
  90     !defined(TCC_TARGET_C67)
  91 #define CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK /* enable bound checking code */
  92 #endif
  93
  94 #if defined(_WIN32) && !defined(TCC_TARGET_PE)
  95 #define CONFIG_TCC_STATIC
  96 #endif
  97
  98 /* define it to include assembler support */
  99 #if !defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && !defined(TCC_TARGET_C67)
 100 #define CONFIG_TCC_ASM
 101 #endif
 102
 103 /* object format selection */
 104 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_C67)
 105 #define TCC_TARGET_COFF
 106 #endif
 107
 108 #define FALSE 0
 109 #define false 0
 110 #define TRUE 1
 111 #define true 1
 112 typedef int BOOL;
 113
 114 /* path to find crt1.o, crti.o and crtn.o. Only needed when generating
 115    executables or dlls */
 116 #define CONFIG_TCC_CRT_PREFIX CONFIG_SYSROOT "/usr/lib"
 117
 118 #define INCLUDE_STACK_SIZE  32
 119 #define IFDEF_STACK_SIZE    64
 120 #define VSTACK_SIZE         256
 121 #define STRING_MAX_SIZE     1024
 122 #define PACK_STACK_SIZE     8
 123
 124 #define TOK_HASH_SIZE       8192 /* must be a power of two */
 125 #define TOK_ALLOC_INCR      512  /* must be a power of two */
 126 #define TOK_MAX_SIZE        4 /* token max size in int unit when stored in string */
 127
 128 /* token symbol management */
 129 typedef struct TokenSym {
 130     struct TokenSym *hash_next;
 131     struct Sym *sym_define; /* direct pointer to define */
 132     struct Sym *sym_label; /* direct pointer to label */
 133     struct Sym *sym_struct; /* direct pointer to structure */
 134     struct Sym *sym_identifier; /* direct pointer to identifier */
 135     int tok; /* token number */
 136     int len;
 137     char str[1];
 138 } TokenSym;
 139
 140 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
 141 typedef unsigned short nwchar_t;
 142 #else
 143 typedef int nwchar_t;
 144 #endif
 145
 146 typedef struct CString {
 147     int size; /* size in bytes */
 148     void *data; /* either 'char *' or 'nwchar_t *' */
 149     int size_allocated;
 150     void *data_allocated; /* if non NULL, data has been malloced */
 151 } CString;
 152
 153 /* type definition */
 154 typedef struct CType {
 155     int t;
 156     struct Sym *ref;
 157 } CType;
 158
 159 /* constant value */
 160 typedef union CValue {
 161     long double ld;
 162     double d;
 163     float f;
 164     int i;
 165     unsigned int ui;
 166     unsigned int ul; /* address (should be unsigned long on 64 bit cpu) */
 167     long long ll;
 168     unsigned long long ull;
 169     struct CString *cstr;
 170     void *ptr;
 171     int tab[1];
 172 } CValue;
 173
 174 /* value on stack */
 175 typedef struct SValue {
 176     CType type;      /* type */
 177     unsigned short r;      /* register + flags */
 178     unsigned short r2;     /* second register, used for 'long long'
 179                               type. If not used, set to VT_CONST */
 180     CValue c;              /* constant, if VT_CONST */
 181     struct Sym *sym;       /* symbol, if (VT_SYM | VT_CONST) */
 182 } SValue;
 183
 184 /* symbol management */
 185 typedef struct Sym {
 186     int v;    /* symbol token */
 187     int r;    /* associated register */
 188     int c;    /* associated number */
 189     CType type;    /* associated type */
 190     struct Sym *next; /* next related symbol */
 191     struct Sym *prev; /* prev symbol in stack */
 192     struct Sym *prev_tok; /* previous symbol for this token */
 193 } Sym;
 194
 195 /* section definition */
 196 /* XXX: use directly ELF structure for parameters ? */
 197 /* special flag to indicate that the section should not be linked to
 198    the other ones */
 199 #define SHF_PRIVATE 0x80000000
 200
 201 typedef struct Section {
 202     unsigned long data_offset; /* current data offset */
 203     unsigned char *data;       /* section data */
 204     unsigned long data_allocated; /* used for realloc() handling */
 205     int sh_name;             /* elf section name (only used during output) */
 206     int sh_num;              /* elf section number */
 207     int sh_type;             /* elf section type */
 208     int sh_flags;            /* elf section flags */
 209     int sh_info;             /* elf section info */
 210     int sh_addralign;        /* elf section alignment */
 211     int sh_entsize;          /* elf entry size */
 212     unsigned long sh_size;   /* section size (only used during output) */
 213     unsigned long sh_addr;      /* address at which the section is relocated */
 214     unsigned long sh_offset;    /* file offset */
 215     int nb_hashed_syms;      /* used to resize the hash table */
 216     struct Section *link;    /* link to another section */
 217     struct Section *reloc;   /* corresponding section for relocation, if any */
 218     struct Section *hash;     /* hash table for symbols */
 219     struct Section *next;
 220     char name[1];           /* section name */
 221 } Section;
 222
 223 typedef struct DLLReference {
 224     int level;
 225     void *handle;
 226     char name[1];
 227 } DLLReference;
 228
 229 /* GNUC attribute definition */
 230 typedef struct AttributeDef {
 231     int aligned;
 232     int packed;
 233     Section *section;
 234     int func_attr; /* calling convention, exports, ... */
 235 } AttributeDef;
 236
 237 /* -------------------------------------------------- */
 238 /* gr: wrappers for casting sym->r for other purposes */
 239 typedef struct {
 240     unsigned
 241       func_call : 8,
 242       func_args : 8,
 243       func_export : 1;
 244 } func_attr_t;
 245
 246 #define FUNC_CALL(r) (((func_attr_t*)&(r))->func_call)
 247 #define FUNC_EXPORT(r) (((func_attr_t*)&(r))->func_export)
 248 #define FUNC_ARGS(r) (((func_attr_t*)&(r))->func_args)
 249 #define INLINE_DEF(r) (*(int **)&(r))
 250 /* -------------------------------------------------- */
 251
 252 #define SYM_STRUCT     0x40000000 /* struct/union/enum symbol space */
 253 #define SYM_FIELD      0x20000000 /* struct/union field symbol space */
 254 #define SYM_FIRST_ANOM 0x10000000 /* first anonymous sym */
 255
 256 /* stored in 'Sym.c' field */
 257 #define FUNC_NEW       1 /* ansi function prototype */
 258 #define FUNC_OLD       2 /* old function prototype */
 259 #define FUNC_ELLIPSIS  3 /* ansi function prototype with ... */
 260
 261 /* stored in 'Sym.r' field */
 262 #define FUNC_CDECL     0 /* standard c call */
 263 #define FUNC_STDCALL   1 /* pascal c call */
 264 #define FUNC_FASTCALL1 2 /* first param in %eax */
 265 #define FUNC_FASTCALL2 3 /* first parameters in %eax, %edx */
 266 #define FUNC_FASTCALL3 4 /* first parameter in %eax, %edx, %ecx */
 267 #define FUNC_FASTCALLW 5 /* first parameter in %ecx, %edx */
 268
 269 /* field 'Sym.t' for macros */
 270 #define MACRO_OBJ      0 /* object like macro */
 271 #define MACRO_FUNC     1 /* function like macro */
 272
 273 /* field 'Sym.r' for C labels */
 274 #define LABEL_DEFINED  0 /* label is defined */
 275 #define LABEL_FORWARD  1 /* label is forward defined */
 276 #define LABEL_DECLARED 2 /* label is declared but never used */
 277
 278 /* type_decl() types */
 279 #define TYPE_ABSTRACT  1 /* type without variable */
 280 #define TYPE_DIRECT    2 /* type with variable */
 281
 282 #define IO_BUF_SIZE 8192
 283
 284 typedef struct BufferedFile {
 285     uint8_t *buf_ptr;
 286     uint8_t *buf_end;
 287     int fd;
 288     int line_num;    /* current line number - here to simplify code */
 289     int ifndef_macro;  /* #ifndef macro / #endif search */
 290     int ifndef_macro_saved; /* saved ifndef_macro */
 291     int *ifdef_stack_ptr; /* ifdef_stack value at the start of the file */
 292     char inc_type;          /* type of include */
 293     char inc_filename[512]; /* filename specified by the user */
 294     char filename[1024];    /* current filename - here to simplify code */
 295     unsigned char buffer[IO_BUF_SIZE + 1]; /* extra size for CH_EOB char */
 296 } BufferedFile;
 297
 298 #define CH_EOB   '\\'       /* end of buffer or '\0' char in file */
 299 #define CH_EOF   (-1)   /* end of file */
 300
 301 /* parsing state (used to save parser state to reparse part of the
 302    source several times) */
 303 typedef struct ParseState {
 304     int *macro_ptr;
 305     int line_num;
 306     int tok;
 307     CValue tokc;
 308 } ParseState;
 309
 310 /* used to record tokens */
 311 typedef struct TokenString {
 312     int *str;
 313     int len;
 314     int allocated_len;
 315     int last_line_num;
 316 } TokenString;
 317
 318 /* include file cache, used to find files faster and also to eliminate
 319    inclusion if the include file is protected by #ifndef ... #endif */
 320 typedef struct CachedInclude {
 321     int ifndef_macro;
 322     int hash_next; /* -1 if none */
 323     char type; /* '"' or '>' to give include type */
 324     char filename[1]; /* path specified in #include */
 325 } CachedInclude;
 326
 327 #define CACHED_INCLUDES_HASH_SIZE 512
 328
 329 /* parser */
 330 static struct BufferedFile *file;
 331 static int ch, tok;
 332 static CValue tokc;
 333 static CString tokcstr; /* current parsed string, if any */
 334 /* additional informations about token */
 335 static int tok_flags;
 336 #define TOK_FLAG_BOL   0x0001 /* beginning of line before */
 337 #define TOK_FLAG_BOF   0x0002 /* beginning of file before */
 338 #define TOK_FLAG_ENDIF 0x0004 /* a endif was found matching starting #ifdef */
 339 #define TOK_FLAG_EOF   0x0008 /* end of file */
 340
 341 static int *macro_ptr, *macro_ptr_allocated;
 342 static int *unget_saved_macro_ptr;
 343 static int unget_saved_buffer[TOK_MAX_SIZE + 1];
 344 static int unget_buffer_enabled;
 345 static int parse_flags;
 346 #define PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS 0x0001 /* activate preprocessing */
 347 #define PARSE_FLAG_TOK_NUM    0x0002 /* return numbers instead of TOK_PPNUM */
 348 #define PARSE_FLAG_LINEFEED   0x0004 /* line feed is returned as a
 349                                         token. line feed is also
 350                                         returned at eof */
 351 #define PARSE_FLAG_ASM_COMMENTS 0x0008 /* '#' can be used for line comment */
 352
 353 static Section *text_section, *data_section, *bss_section; /* predefined sections */
 354 static Section *cur_text_section; /* current section where function code is
 355                               generated */
 356 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_ASM
 357 static Section *last_text_section; /* to handle .previous asm directive */
 358 #endif
 359 /* bound check related sections */
 360 static Section *bounds_section; /* contains global data bound description */
 361 static Section *lbounds_section; /* contains local data bound description */
 362 /* symbol sections */
 363 static Section *symtab_section, *strtab_section;
 364
 365 /* debug sections */
 366 static Section *stab_section, *stabstr_section;
 367
 368 /* loc : local variable index
 369    ind : output code index
 370    rsym: return symbol
 371    anon_sym: anonymous symbol index
 372 */
 373 static int rsym, anon_sym, ind, loc;
 374 /* expression generation modifiers */
 375 static int const_wanted; /* true if constant wanted */
 376 static int nocode_wanted; /* true if no code generation wanted for an expression */
 377 static int global_expr;  /* true if compound literals must be allocated
 378                             globally (used during initializers parsing */
 379 static CType func_vt; /* current function return type (used by return
 380                          instruction) */
 381 static int func_vc;
 382 static int last_line_num, last_ind, func_ind; /* debug last line number and pc */
 383 static int tok_ident;
 384 static TokenSym **table_ident;
 385 static TokenSym *hash_ident[TOK_HASH_SIZE];
 386 static char token_buf[STRING_MAX_SIZE + 1];
 387 static char *funcname;
 388 static Sym *global_stack, *local_stack;
 389 static Sym *define_stack;
 390 static Sym *global_label_stack, *local_label_stack;
 391 /* symbol allocator */
 392 #define SYM_POOL_NB (8192 / sizeof(Sym))
 393 static Sym *sym_free_first;
 394 static void **sym_pools;
 395 static int nb_sym_pools;
 396
 397 static SValue vstack[VSTACK_SIZE], *vtop;
 398 /* some predefined types */
 399 static CType char_pointer_type, func_old_type, int_type;
 400 /* true if isid(c) || isnum(c) */
 401 static unsigned char isidnum_table[256-CH_EOF];
 402
 403 /* display some information during compilation */
 404 static int verbose = 0;
 405
 406 /* compile with debug symbol (and use them if error during execution) */
 407 static int do_debug = 0;
 408
 409 /* compile with built-in memory and bounds checker */
 410 static int do_bounds_check = 0;
 411
 412 /* display benchmark infos */
 413 #if !defined(LIBTCC)
 414 static int do_bench = 0;
 415 #endif
 416 static int total_lines;
 417 static int total_bytes;
 418
 419 /* use GNU C extensions */
 420 static int gnu_ext = 1;
 421
 422 /* use Tiny C extensions */
 423 static int tcc_ext = 1;
 424
 425 /* max number of callers shown if error */
 426 static int num_callers = 6;
 427 static const char **rt_bound_error_msg;
 428
 429 /* XXX: get rid of this ASAP */
 430 static struct TCCState *tcc_state;
 431
 432 /* give the path of the tcc libraries */
 433 static const char *tcc_lib_path = CONFIG_TCCDIR;
 434
 435 struct TCCState {
 436     int output_type;
 437
 438     BufferedFile **include_stack_ptr;
 439     int *ifdef_stack_ptr;
 440
 441     /* include file handling */
 442     char **include_paths;
 443     int nb_include_paths;
 444     char **sysinclude_paths;
 445     int nb_sysinclude_paths;
 446     CachedInclude **cached_includes;
 447     int nb_cached_includes;
 448
 449     char **library_paths;
 450     int nb_library_paths;
 451
 452     /* array of all loaded dlls (including those referenced by loaded
 453        dlls) */
 454     DLLReference **loaded_dlls;
 455     int nb_loaded_dlls;
 456
 457     /* sections */
 458     Section **sections;
 459     int nb_sections; /* number of sections, including first dummy section */
 460
 461     /* got handling */
 462     Section *got;
 463     Section *plt;
 464     unsigned long *got_offsets;
 465     int nb_got_offsets;
 466     /* give the correspondance from symtab indexes to dynsym indexes */
 467     int *symtab_to_dynsym;
 468
 469     /* temporary dynamic symbol sections (for dll loading) */
 470     Section *dynsymtab_section;
 471     /* exported dynamic symbol section */
 472     Section *dynsym;
 473
 474     int nostdinc; /* if true, no standard headers are added */
 475     int nostdlib; /* if true, no standard libraries are added */
 476
 477     int nocommon; /* if true, do not use common symbols for .bss data */
 478
 479     /* if true, static linking is performed */
 480     int static_link;
 481
 482     /* soname as specified on the command line (-soname) */
 483     const char *soname;
 484
 485     /* if true, all symbols are exported */
 486     int rdynamic;
 487
 488     /* if true, only link in referenced objects from archive */
 489     int alacarte_link;
 490
 491     /* address of text section */
 492     unsigned long text_addr;
 493     int has_text_addr;
 494
 495     /* output format, see TCC_OUTPUT_FORMAT_xxx */
 496     int output_format;
 497
 498     /* C language options */
 499     int char_is_unsigned;
 500     int leading_underscore;
 501
 502     /* warning switches */
 503     int warn_write_strings;
 504     int warn_unsupported;
 505     int warn_error;
 506     int warn_none;
 507     int warn_implicit_function_declaration;
 508
 509     /* error handling */
 510     void *error_opaque;
 511     void (*error_func)(void *opaque, const char *msg);
 512     int error_set_jmp_enabled;
 513     jmp_buf error_jmp_buf;
 514     int nb_errors;
 515
 516     /* tiny assembler state */
 517     Sym *asm_labels;
 518
 519     /* see include_stack_ptr */
 520     BufferedFile *include_stack[INCLUDE_STACK_SIZE];
 521
 522     /* see ifdef_stack_ptr */
 523     int ifdef_stack[IFDEF_STACK_SIZE];
 524
 525     /* see cached_includes */
 526     int cached_includes_hash[CACHED_INCLUDES_HASH_SIZE];
 527
 528     /* pack stack */
 529     int pack_stack[PACK_STACK_SIZE];
 530     int *pack_stack_ptr;
 531
 532     /* output file for preprocessing */
 533     FILE *outfile;
 534 };
 535
 536 /* The current value can be: */
 537 #define VT_VALMASK   0x00ff
 538 #define VT_CONST     0x00f0  /* constant in vc
 539                               (must be first non register value) */
 540 #define VT_LLOCAL    0x00f1  /* lvalue, offset on stack */
 541 #define VT_LOCAL     0x00f2  /* offset on stack */
 542 #define VT_CMP       0x00f3  /* the value is stored in processor flags (in vc) */
 543 #define VT_JMP       0x00f4  /* value is the consequence of jmp true (even) */
 544 #define VT_JMPI      0x00f5  /* value is the consequence of jmp false (odd) */
 545 #define VT_LVAL      0x0100  /* var is an lvalue */
 546 #define VT_SYM       0x0200  /* a symbol value is added */
 547 #define VT_MUSTCAST  0x0400  /* value must be casted to be correct (used for
 548                                 char/short stored in integer registers) */
 549 #define VT_MUSTBOUND 0x0800  /* bound checking must be done before
 550                                 dereferencing value */
 551 #define VT_BOUNDED   0x8000  /* value is bounded. The address of the
 552                                 bounding function call point is in vc */
 553 #define VT_LVAL_BYTE     0x1000  /* lvalue is a byte */
 554 #define VT_LVAL_SHORT    0x2000  /* lvalue is a short */
 555 #define VT_LVAL_UNSIGNED 0x4000  /* lvalue is unsigned */
 556 #define VT_LVAL_TYPE     (VT_LVAL_BYTE | VT_LVAL_SHORT | VT_LVAL_UNSIGNED)
 557
 558 /* types */
 559 #define VT_INT        0  /* integer type */
 560 #define VT_BYTE       1  /* signed byte type */
 561 #define VT_SHORT      2  /* short type */
 562 #define VT_VOID       3  /* void type */
 563 #define VT_PTR        4  /* pointer */
 564 #define VT_ENUM       5  /* enum definition */
 565 #define VT_FUNC       6  /* function type */
 566 #define VT_STRUCT     7  /* struct/union definition */
 567 #define VT_FLOAT      8  /* IEEE float */
 568 #define VT_DOUBLE     9  /* IEEE double */
 569 #define VT_LDOUBLE   10  /* IEEE long double */
 570 #define VT_BOOL      11  /* ISOC99 boolean type */
 571 #define VT_LLONG     12  /* 64 bit integer */
 572 #define VT_LONG      13  /* long integer (NEVER USED as type, only
 573                             during parsing) */
 574 #define VT_BTYPE      0x000f /* mask for basic type */
 575 #define VT_UNSIGNED   0x0010  /* unsigned type */
 576 #define VT_ARRAY      0x0020  /* array type (also has VT_PTR) */
 577 #define VT_BITFIELD   0x0040  /* bitfield modifier */
 578 #define VT_CONSTANT   0x0800  /* const modifier */
 579 #define VT_VOLATILE   0x1000  /* volatile modifier */
 580 #define VT_SIGNED     0x2000  /* signed type */
 581
 582 /* storage */
 583 #define VT_EXTERN  0x00000080  /* extern definition */
 584 #define VT_STATIC  0x00000100  /* static variable */
 585 #define VT_TYPEDEF 0x00000200  /* typedef definition */
 586 #define VT_INLINE  0x00000400  /* inline definition */
 587
 588 #define VT_STRUCT_SHIFT 16   /* shift for bitfield shift values */
 589
 590 /* type mask (except storage) */
 591 #define VT_STORAGE (VT_EXTERN | VT_STATIC | VT_TYPEDEF | VT_INLINE)
 592 #define VT_TYPE    (~(VT_STORAGE))
 593
 594 /* token values */
 595
 596 /* warning: the following compare tokens depend on i386 asm code */
 597 #define TOK_ULT 0x92
 598 #define TOK_UGE 0x93
 599 #define TOK_EQ  0x94
 600 #define TOK_NE  0x95
 601 #define TOK_ULE 0x96
 602 #define TOK_UGT 0x97
 603 #define TOK_Nset 0x98
 604 #define TOK_Nclear 0x99
 605 #define TOK_LT  0x9c
 606 #define TOK_GE  0x9d
 607 #define TOK_LE  0x9e
 608 #define TOK_GT  0x9f
 609
 610 #define TOK_LAND  0xa0
 611 #define TOK_LOR   0xa1
 612
 613 #define TOK_DEC   0xa2
 614 #define TOK_MID   0xa3 /* inc/dec, to void constant */
 615 #define TOK_INC   0xa4
 616 #define TOK_UDIV  0xb0 /* unsigned division */
 617 #define TOK_UMOD  0xb1 /* unsigned modulo */
 618 #define TOK_PDIV  0xb2 /* fast division with undefined rounding for pointers */
 619 #define TOK_CINT   0xb3 /* number in tokc */
 620 #define TOK_CCHAR 0xb4 /* char constant in tokc */
 621 #define TOK_STR   0xb5 /* pointer to string in tokc */
 622 #define TOK_TWOSHARPS 0xb6 /* ## preprocessing token */
 623 #define TOK_LCHAR    0xb7
 624 #define TOK_LSTR     0xb8
 625 #define TOK_CFLOAT   0xb9 /* float constant */
 626 #define TOK_LINENUM  0xba /* line number info */
 627 #define TOK_CDOUBLE  0xc0 /* double constant */
 628 #define TOK_CLDOUBLE 0xc1 /* long double constant */
 629 #define TOK_UMULL    0xc2 /* unsigned 32x32 -> 64 mul */
 630 #define TOK_ADDC1    0xc3 /* add with carry generation */
 631 #define TOK_ADDC2    0xc4 /* add with carry use */
 632 #define TOK_SUBC1    0xc5 /* add with carry generation */
 633 #define TOK_SUBC2    0xc6 /* add with carry use */
 634 #define TOK_CUINT    0xc8 /* unsigned int constant */
 635 #define TOK_CLLONG   0xc9 /* long long constant */
 636 #define TOK_CULLONG  0xca /* unsigned long long constant */
 637 #define TOK_ARROW    0xcb
 638 #define TOK_DOTS     0xcc /* three dots */
 639 #define TOK_SHR      0xcd /* unsigned shift right */
 640 #define TOK_PPNUM    0xce /* preprocessor number */
 641
 642 #define TOK_SHL   0x01 /* shift left */
 643 #define TOK_SAR   0x02 /* signed shift right */
 644
 645 /* assignement operators : normal operator or 0x80 */
 646 #define TOK_A_MOD 0xa5
 647 #define TOK_A_AND 0xa6
 648 #define TOK_A_MUL 0xaa
 649 #define TOK_A_ADD 0xab
 650 #define TOK_A_SUB 0xad
 651 #define TOK_A_DIV 0xaf
 652 #define TOK_A_XOR 0xde
 653 #define TOK_A_OR  0xfc
 654 #define TOK_A_SHL 0x81
 655 #define TOK_A_SAR 0x82
 656
 657 #ifndef offsetof
 658 #define offsetof(type, field) ((size_t) &((type *)0)->field)
 659 #endif
 660
 661 #ifndef countof
 662 #define countof(tab) (sizeof(tab) / sizeof((tab)[0]))
 663 #endif
 664
 665 /* WARNING: the content of this string encodes token numbers */
 666 static char tok_two_chars[] = "<=\236>=\235!=\225&&\240||\241++\244--\242==\224<<\1>>\2+=\253-=\255*=\252/=\257%=\245&=\246^=\336|=\374->\313..\250##\266";
 667
 668 #define TOK_EOF       (-1)  /* end of file */
 669 #define TOK_LINEFEED  10    /* line feed */
 670
 671 /* all identificators and strings have token above that */
 672 #define TOK_IDENT 256
 673
 674 /* only used for i386 asm opcodes definitions */
 675 #define DEF_ASM(x) DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x, #x)
 676
 677 #define DEF_BWL(x) \
 678  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x ## b, #x "b") \
 679  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x ## w, #x "w") \
 680  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x ## l, #x "l") \
 681  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x, #x)
 682
 683 #define DEF_WL(x) \
 684  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x ## w, #x "w") \
 685  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x ## l, #x "l") \
 686  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## x, #x)
 687
 688 #define DEF_FP1(x) \
 689  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## f ## x ## s, "f" #x "s") \
 690  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## fi ## x ## l, "fi" #x "l") \
 691  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## f ## x ## l, "f" #x "l") \
 692  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## fi ## x ## s, "fi" #x "s")
 693
 694 #define DEF_FP(x) \
 695  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## f ## x, "f" #x ) \
 696  DEF(TOK_ASM_ ## f ## x ## p, "f" #x "p") \
 697  DEF_FP1(x)
 698
 699 #define DEF_ASMTEST(x) \
 700  DEF_ASM(x ## o) \
 701  DEF_ASM(x ## no) \
 702  DEF_ASM(x ## b) \
 703  DEF_ASM(x ## c) \
 704  DEF_ASM(x ## nae) \
 705  DEF_ASM(x ## nb) \
 706  DEF_ASM(x ## nc) \
 707  DEF_ASM(x ## ae) \
 708  DEF_ASM(x ## e) \
 709  DEF_ASM(x ## z) \
 710  DEF_ASM(x ## ne) \
 711  DEF_ASM(x ## nz) \
 712  DEF_ASM(x ## be) \
 713  DEF_ASM(x ## na) \
 714  DEF_ASM(x ## nbe) \
 715  DEF_ASM(x ## a) \
 716  DEF_ASM(x ## s) \
 717  DEF_ASM(x ## ns) \
 718  DEF_ASM(x ## p) \
 719  DEF_ASM(x ## pe) \
 720  DEF_ASM(x ## np) \
 721  DEF_ASM(x ## po) \
 722  DEF_ASM(x ## l) \
 723  DEF_ASM(x ## nge) \
 724  DEF_ASM(x ## nl) \
 725  DEF_ASM(x ## ge) \
 726  DEF_ASM(x ## le) \
 727  DEF_ASM(x ## ng) \
 728  DEF_ASM(x ## nle) \
 729  DEF_ASM(x ## g)
 730
 731 #define TOK_ASM_int TOK_INT
 732
 733 enum tcc_token {
 734     TOK_LAST = TOK_IDENT - 1,
 735 #define DEF(id, str) id,
 736 #include "tcctok.h"
 737 #undef DEF
 738 };
 739
 740 static const char tcc_keywords[] =
 741 #define DEF(id, str) str "\0"
 742 #include "tcctok.h"
 743 #undef DEF
 744 ;
 745
 746 #define TOK_UIDENT TOK_DEFINE
 747
 748 #ifdef _WIN32
 749 #define snprintf _snprintf
 750 #define vsnprintf _vsnprintf
 751 #ifndef __GNUC__
 752   #define strtold (long double)strtod
 753   #define strtof (float)strtod
 754   #define strtoll (long long)strtol
 755 #endif
 756 #elif defined(TCC_UCLIBC) || defined(__FreeBSD__) || defined(__DragonFly__) \
 757     || defined(__OpenBSD__)
 758 /* currently incorrect */
 759 long double strtold(const char *nptr, char **endptr)
 760 {
 761     return (long double)strtod(nptr, endptr);
 762 }
 763 float strtof(const char *nptr, char **endptr)
 764 {
 765     return (float)strtod(nptr, endptr);
 766 }
 767 #else
 768 /* XXX: need to define this to use them in non ISOC99 context */
 769 extern float strtof (const char *__nptr, char **__endptr);
 770 extern long double strtold (const char *__nptr, char **__endptr);
 771 #endif
 772
 773 static char *pstrcpy(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *s);
 774 static char *pstrcat(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *s);
 775 static char *tcc_basename(const char *name);
 776 static char *tcc_fileextension (const char *p);
 777
 778 static void next(void);
 779 static void next_nomacro(void);
 780 static void parse_expr_type(CType *type);
 781 static void expr_type(CType *type);
 782 static void unary_type(CType *type);
 783 static void block(int *bsym, int *csym, int *case_sym, int *def_sym,
 784                   int case_reg, int is_expr);
 785 static int expr_const(void);
 786 static void expr_eq(void);
 787 static void gexpr(void);
 788 static void gen_inline_functions(void);
 789 static void decl(int l);
 790 static void decl_initializer(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c,
 791                              int first, int size_only);
 792 static void decl_initializer_alloc(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int r,
 793                                    int has_init, int v, int scope);
 794 int gv(int rc);
 795 void gv2(int rc1, int rc2);
 796 void move_reg(int r, int s);
 797 void save_regs(int n);
 798 void save_reg(int r);
 799 void vpop(void);
 800 void vswap(void);
 801 void vdup(void);
 802 int get_reg(int rc);
 803 int get_reg_ex(int rc,int rc2);
 804
 805 struct macro_level {
 806     struct macro_level *prev;
 807     int *p;
 808 };
 809
 810 static void macro_subst(TokenString *tok_str, Sym **nested_list,
 811                         const int *macro_str, struct macro_level **can_read_stream);
 812 void gen_op(int op);
 813 void force_charshort_cast(int t);
 814 static void gen_cast(CType *type);
 815 void vstore(void);
 816 static Sym *sym_find(int v);
 817 static Sym *sym_push(int v, CType *type, int r, int c);
 818
 819 /* type handling */
 820 static int type_size(CType *type, int *a);
 821 static inline CType *pointed_type(CType *type);
 822 static int pointed_size(CType *type);
 823 static int lvalue_type(int t);
 824 static int parse_btype(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad);
 825 static void type_decl(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int *v, int td);
 826 static int compare_types(CType *type1, CType *type2, int unqualified);
 827 static int is_compatible_types(CType *type1, CType *type2);
 828 static int is_compatible_parameter_types(CType *type1, CType *type2);
 829
 830 int ieee_finite(double d);
 831 void error(const char *fmt, ...);
 832 void vpushi(int v);
 833 void vrott(int n);
 834 void vnrott(int n);
 835 void lexpand_nr(void);
 836 static void vpush_global_sym(CType *type, int v);
 837 void vset(CType *type, int r, int v);
 838 void type_to_str(char *buf, int buf_size,
 839                  CType *type, const char *varstr);
 840 char *get_tok_str(int v, CValue *cv);
 841 static Sym *get_sym_ref(CType *type, Section *sec,
 842                         unsigned long offset, unsigned long size);
 843 static Sym *external_global_sym(int v, CType *type, int r);
 844
 845 /* section generation */
 846 static void section_realloc(Section *sec, unsigned long new_size);
 847 static void *section_ptr_add(Section *sec, unsigned long size);
 848 static void put_extern_sym(Sym *sym, Section *section,
 849                            unsigned long value, unsigned long size);
 850 static void greloc(Section *s, Sym *sym, unsigned long addr, int type);
 851 static int put_elf_str(Section *s, const char *sym);
 852 static int put_elf_sym(Section *s,
 853                        unsigned long value, unsigned long size,
 854                        int info, int other, int shndx, const char *name);
 855 static int add_elf_sym(Section *s, unsigned long value, unsigned long size,
 856                        int info, int other, int sh_num, const char *name);
 857 static void put_elf_reloc(Section *symtab, Section *s, unsigned long offset,
 858                           int type, int symbol);
 859 static void put_stabs(const char *str, int type, int other, int desc,
 860                       unsigned long value);
 861 static void put_stabs_r(const char *str, int type, int other, int desc,
 862                         unsigned long value, Section *sec, int sym_index);
 863 static void put_stabn(int type, int other, int desc, int value);
 864 static void put_stabd(int type, int other, int desc);
 865 static int tcc_add_dll(TCCState *s, const char *filename, int flags);
 866
 867 #define AFF_PRINT_ERROR     0x0001 /* print error if file not found */
 868 #define AFF_REFERENCED_DLL  0x0002 /* load a referenced dll from another dll */
 869 #define AFF_PREPROCESS      0x0004 /* preprocess file */
 870 static int tcc_add_file_internal(TCCState *s, const char *filename, int flags);
 871
 872 /* tcccoff.c */
 873 int tcc_output_coff(TCCState *s1, FILE *f);
 874
 875 /* tccpe.c */
 876 void *resolve_sym(TCCState *s1, const char *sym, int type);
 877 int pe_load_def_file(struct TCCState *s1, int fd);
 878 int pe_test_res_file(void *v, int size);
 879 int pe_load_res_file(struct TCCState *s1, int fd);
 880 void pe_add_runtime(struct TCCState *s1);
 881 void pe_guess_outfile(char *objfilename, int output_type);
 882 int pe_output_file(struct TCCState *s1, const char *filename);
 883
 884 /* tccasm.c */
 885
 886 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_ASM
 887
 888 typedef struct ExprValue {
 889     uint32_t v;
 890     Sym *sym;
 891 } ExprValue;
 892
 893 #define MAX_ASM_OPERANDS 30
 894
 895 typedef struct ASMOperand {
 896     int id; /* GCC 3 optionnal identifier (0 if number only supported */
 897     char *constraint;
 898     char asm_str[16]; /* computed asm string for operand */
 899     SValue *vt; /* C value of the expression */
 900     int ref_index; /* if >= 0, gives reference to a output constraint */
 901     int input_index; /* if >= 0, gives reference to an input constraint */
 902     int priority; /* priority, used to assign registers */
 903     int reg; /* if >= 0, register number used for this operand */
 904     int is_llong; /* true if double register value */
 905     int is_memory; /* true if memory operand */
 906     int is_rw;     /* for '+' modifier */
 907 } ASMOperand;
 908
 909 static void asm_expr(TCCState *s1, ExprValue *pe);
 910 static int asm_int_expr(TCCState *s1);
 911 static int find_constraint(ASMOperand *operands, int nb_operands,
 912                            const char *name, const char **pp);
 913
 914 static int tcc_assemble(TCCState *s1, int do_preprocess);
 915
 916 #endif
 917
 918 static void asm_instr(void);
 919 static void asm_global_instr(void);
 920
 921 /* true if float/double/long double type */
 922 static inline int is_float(int t)
 923 {
 924     int bt;
 925     bt = t & VT_BTYPE;
 926     return bt == VT_LDOUBLE || bt == VT_DOUBLE || bt == VT_FLOAT;
 927 }
 928
 929 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
 930 #include "i386-gen.c"
 931 #endif
 932
 933 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
 934 #include "arm-gen.c"
 935 #endif
 936
 937 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_C67
 938 #include "c67-gen.c"
 939 #endif
 940
 941 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_STATIC
 942
 943 #define RTLD_LAZY       0x001
 944 #define RTLD_NOW        0x002
 945 #define RTLD_GLOBAL     0x100
 946 #define RTLD_DEFAULT    NULL
 947
 948 /* dummy function for profiling */
 949 void *dlopen(const char *filename, int flag)
 950 {
 951     return NULL;
 952 }
 953
 954 const char *dlerror(void)
 955 {
 956     return "error";
 957 }
 958
 959 typedef struct TCCSyms {
 960     char *str;
 961     void *ptr;
 962 } TCCSyms;
 963
 964 #define TCCSYM(a) { #a, &a, },
 965
 966 /* add the symbol you want here if no dynamic linking is done */
 967 static TCCSyms tcc_syms[] = {
 968 #if !defined(CONFIG_TCCBOOT)
 969     TCCSYM(printf)
 970     TCCSYM(fprintf)
 971     TCCSYM(fopen)
 972     TCCSYM(fclose)
 973 #endif
 974     { NULL, NULL },
 975 };
 976
 977 void *resolve_sym(TCCState *s1, const char *symbol, int type)
 978 {
 979     TCCSyms *p;
 980     p = tcc_syms;
 981     while (p->str != NULL) {
 982         if (!strcmp(p->str, symbol))
 983             return p->ptr;
 984         p++;
 985     }
 986     return NULL;
 987 }
 988
 989 #elif !defined(_WIN32)
 990
 991 #include <dlfcn.h>
 992
 993 void *resolve_sym(TCCState *s1, const char *sym, int type)
 994 {
 995     return dlsym(RTLD_DEFAULT, sym);
 996 }
 997
 998 #endif
 999
1000 /********************************************************/
1001
1002 /* we use our own 'finite' function to avoid potential problems with
1003    non standard math libs */
1004 /* XXX: endianness dependent */
1005 int ieee_finite(double d)
1006 {
1007     int *p = (int *)&d;
1008     return ((unsigned)((p[1] | 0x800fffff) + 1)) >> 31;
1009 }
1010
1011 /* copy a string and truncate it. */
1012 static char *pstrcpy(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *s)
1013 {
1014     char *q, *q_end;
1015     int c;
1016
1017     if (buf_size > 0) {
1018         q = buf;
1019         q_end = buf + buf_size - 1;
1020         while (q < q_end) {
1021             c = *s++;
1022             if (c == '\0')
1023                 break;
1024             *q++ = c;
1025         }
1026         *q = '\0';
1027     }
1028     return buf;
1029 }
1030
1031 /* strcat and truncate. */
1032 static char *pstrcat(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *s)
1033 {
1034     int len;
1035     len = strlen(buf);
1036     if (len < buf_size)
1037         pstrcpy(buf + len, buf_size - len, s);
1038     return buf;
1039 }
1040
1041 #ifndef LIBTCC
1042 static int strstart(const char *str, const char *val, const char **ptr)
1043 {
1044     const char *p, *q;
1045     p = str;
1046     q = val;
1047     while (*q != '\0') {
1048         if (*p != *q)
1049             return 0;
1050         p++;
1051         q++;
1052     }
1053     if (ptr)
1054         *ptr = p;
1055     return 1;
1056 }
1057 #endif
1058
1059 /* extract the basename of a file */
1060 static char *tcc_basename(const char *name)
1061 {
1062     char *p = strchr(name, 0);
1063     while (p > name
1064         && p[-1] != '/'
1065 #ifdef _WIN32
1066         && p[-1] != '\\'
1067 #endif
1068         )
1069         --p;
1070     return p;
1071 }
1072
1073 static char *tcc_fileextension (const char *name)
1074 {
1075     char *b = tcc_basename(name);
1076     char *e = strrchr(b, '.');
1077     return e ? e : strchr(b, 0);
1078 }
1079
1080 #ifdef _WIN32
1081 char *normalize_slashes(char *path)
1082 {
1083     char *p;
1084     for (p = path; *p; ++p)
1085         if (*p == '\\')
1086             *p = '/';
1087     return path;
1088 }
1089
1090 char *w32_tcc_lib_path(void)
1091 {
1092     /* on win32, we suppose the lib and includes are at the location
1093        of 'tcc.exe' */
1094     char path[1024], *p;
1095     GetModuleFileNameA(NULL, path, sizeof path);
1096     p = tcc_basename(normalize_slashes(strlwr(path)));
1097     if (p - 5 > path && 0 == strncmp(p - 5, "/bin/", 5))
1098         p -= 5;
1099     else if (p > path)
1100         p--;
1101     *p = 0;
1102     return strdup(path);
1103 }
1104 #endif
1105
1106 void set_pages_executable(void *ptr, unsigned long length)
1107 {
1108 #ifdef _WIN32
1109     unsigned long old_protect;
1110     VirtualProtect(ptr, length, PAGE_EXECUTE_READWRITE, &old_protect);
1111 #else
1112     unsigned long start, end;
1113     start = (unsigned long)ptr & ~(PAGESIZE - 1);
1114     end = (unsigned long)ptr + length;
1115     end = (end + PAGESIZE - 1) & ~(PAGESIZE - 1);
1116     mprotect((void *)start, end - start, PROT_READ | PROT_WRITE | PROT_EXEC);
1117 #endif
1118 }
1119
1120 /* memory management */
1121 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
1122 int mem_cur_size;
1123 int mem_max_size;
1124 unsigned malloc_usable_size(void*);
1125 #endif
1126
1127 static inline void tcc_free(void *ptr)
1128 {
1129 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
1130     mem_cur_size -= malloc_usable_size(ptr);
1131 #endif
1132     free(ptr);
1133 }
1134
1135 static void *tcc_malloc(unsigned long size)
1136 {
1137     void *ptr;
1138     ptr = malloc(size);
1139     if (!ptr && size)
1140         error("memory full");
1141 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
1142     mem_cur_size += malloc_usable_size(ptr);
1143     if (mem_cur_size > mem_max_size)
1144         mem_max_size = mem_cur_size;
1145 #endif
1146     return ptr;
1147 }
1148
1149 static void *tcc_mallocz(unsigned long size)
1150 {
1151     void *ptr;
1152     ptr = tcc_malloc(size);
1153     memset(ptr, 0, size);
1154     return ptr;
1155 }
1156
1157 static inline void *tcc_realloc(void *ptr, unsigned long size)
1158 {
1159     void *ptr1;
1160 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
1161     mem_cur_size -= malloc_usable_size(ptr);
1162 #endif
1163     ptr1 = realloc(ptr, size);
1164 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
1165     /* NOTE: count not correct if alloc error, but not critical */
1166     mem_cur_size += malloc_usable_size(ptr1);
1167     if (mem_cur_size > mem_max_size)
1168         mem_max_size = mem_cur_size;
1169 #endif
1170     return ptr1;
1171 }
1172
1173 static char *tcc_strdup(const char *str)
1174 {
1175     char *ptr;
1176     ptr = tcc_malloc(strlen(str) + 1);
1177     strcpy(ptr, str);
1178     return ptr;
1179 }
1180
1181 #define free(p) use_tcc_free(p)
1182 #define malloc(s) use_tcc_malloc(s)
1183 #define realloc(p, s) use_tcc_realloc(p, s)
1184
1185 static void dynarray_add(void ***ptab, int *nb_ptr, void *data)
1186 {
1187     int nb, nb_alloc;
1188     void **pp;
1189
1190     nb = *nb_ptr;
1191     pp = *ptab;
1192     /* every power of two we double array size */
1193     if ((nb & (nb - 1)) == 0) {
1194         if (!nb)
1195             nb_alloc = 1;
1196         else
1197             nb_alloc = nb * 2;
1198         pp = tcc_realloc(pp, nb_alloc * sizeof(void *));
1199         if (!pp)
1200             error("memory full");
1201         *ptab = pp;
1202     }
1203     pp[nb++] = data;
1204     *nb_ptr = nb;
1205 }
1206
1207 static void dynarray_reset(void *pp, int *n)
1208 {
1209     void **p;
1210     for (p = *(void***)pp; *n; ++p, --*n)
1211         if (*p)
1212             tcc_free(*p);
1213     tcc_free(*(void**)pp);
1214     *(void**)pp = NULL;
1215 }
1216
1217 /* symbol allocator */
1218 static Sym *__sym_malloc(void)
1219 {
1220     Sym *sym_pool, *sym, *last_sym;
1221     int i;
1222
1223     sym_pool = tcc_malloc(SYM_POOL_NB * sizeof(Sym));
1224     dynarray_add(&sym_pools, &nb_sym_pools, sym_pool);
1225
1226     last_sym = sym_free_first;
1227     sym = sym_pool;
1228     for(i = 0; i < SYM_POOL_NB; i++) {
1229         sym->next = last_sym;
1230         last_sym = sym;
1231         sym++;
1232     }
1233     sym_free_first = last_sym;
1234     return last_sym;
1235 }
1236
1237 static inline Sym *sym_malloc(void)
1238 {
1239     Sym *sym;
1240     sym = sym_free_first;
1241     if (!sym)
1242         sym = __sym_malloc();
1243     sym_free_first = sym->next;
1244     return sym;
1245 }
1246
1247 static inline void sym_free(Sym *sym)
1248 {
1249     sym->next = sym_free_first;
1250     sym_free_first = sym;
1251 }
1252
1253 Section *new_section(TCCState *s1, const char *name, int sh_type, int sh_flags)
1254 {
1255     Section *sec;
1256
1257     sec = tcc_mallocz(sizeof(Section) + strlen(name));
1258     strcpy(sec->name, name);
1259     sec->sh_type = sh_type;
1260     sec->sh_flags = sh_flags;
1261     switch(sh_type) {
1262     case SHT_HASH:
1263     case SHT_REL:
1264     case SHT_DYNSYM:
1265     case SHT_SYMTAB:
1266     case SHT_DYNAMIC:
1267         sec->sh_addralign = 4;
1268         break;
1269     case SHT_STRTAB:
1270         sec->sh_addralign = 1;
1271         break;
1272     default:
1273         sec->sh_addralign = 32; /* default conservative alignment */
1274         break;
1275     }
1276
1277     /* only add section if not private */
1278     if (!(sh_flags & SHF_PRIVATE)) {
1279         sec->sh_num = s1->nb_sections;
1280         dynarray_add((void ***)&s1->sections, &s1->nb_sections, sec);
1281     }
1282     return sec;
1283 }
1284
1285 static void free_section(Section *s)
1286 {
1287     if (s->link && (s->link->sh_flags & SHF_PRIVATE))
1288         free_section(s->link);
1289     if (s->hash && (s->hash->sh_flags & SHF_PRIVATE))
1290         s->hash->link = NULL, free_section(s->hash);
1291     tcc_free(s->data);
1292     tcc_free(s);
1293 }
1294
1295 /* realloc section and set its content to zero */
1296 static void section_realloc(Section *sec, unsigned long new_size)
1297 {
1298     unsigned long size;
1299     unsigned char *data;
1300
1301     size = sec->data_allocated;
1302     if (size == 0)
1303         size = 1;
1304     while (size < new_size)
1305         size = size * 2;
1306     data = tcc_realloc(sec->data, size);
1307     if (!data)
1308         error("memory full");
1309     memset(data + sec->data_allocated, 0, size - sec->data_allocated);
1310     sec->data = data;
1311     sec->data_allocated = size;
1312 }
1313
1314 /* reserve at least 'size' bytes in section 'sec' from
1315    sec->data_offset. */
1316 static void *section_ptr_add(Section *sec, unsigned long size)
1317 {
1318     unsigned long offset, offset1;
1319
1320     offset = sec->data_offset;
1321     offset1 = offset + size;
1322     if (offset1 > sec->data_allocated)
1323         section_realloc(sec, offset1);
1324     sec->data_offset = offset1;
1325     return sec->data + offset;
1326 }
1327
1328 /* return a reference to a section, and create it if it does not
1329    exists */
1330 Section *find_section(TCCState *s1, const char *name)
1331 {
1332     Section *sec;
1333     int i;
1334     for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++) {
1335         sec = s1->sections[i];
1336         if (!strcmp(name, sec->name))
1337             return sec;
1338     }
1339     /* sections are created as PROGBITS */
1340     return new_section(s1, name, SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC);
1341 }
1342
1343 #define SECTION_ABS ((void *)1)
1344
1345 /* update sym->c so that it points to an external symbol in section
1346    'section' with value 'value' */
1347 static void put_extern_sym2(Sym *sym, Section *section,
1348                             unsigned long value, unsigned long size,
1349                             int can_add_underscore)
1350 {
1351     int sym_type, sym_bind, sh_num, info, other, attr;
1352     Elf32_Sym *esym;
1353     const char *name;
1354     char buf1[256];
1355
1356     if (section == NULL)
1357         sh_num = SHN_UNDEF;
1358     else if (section == SECTION_ABS)
1359         sh_num = SHN_ABS;
1360     else
1361         sh_num = section->sh_num;
1362
1363     other = attr = 0;
1364
1365     if ((sym->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
1366         sym_type = STT_FUNC;
1367 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
1368         if (sym->type.ref)
1369             attr = sym->type.ref->r;
1370         if (FUNC_EXPORT(attr))
1371             other |= 1;
1372         if (FUNC_CALL(attr) == FUNC_STDCALL)
1373             other |= 2;
1374 #endif
1375     } else {
1376         sym_type = STT_OBJECT;
1377     }
1378
1379     if (sym->type.t & VT_STATIC)
1380         sym_bind = STB_LOCAL;
1381     else
1382         sym_bind = STB_GLOBAL;
1383
1384     if (!sym->c) {
1385         name = get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL);
1386 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
1387         if (do_bounds_check) {
1388             char buf[32];
1389
1390             /* XXX: avoid doing that for statics ? */
1391             /* if bound checking is activated, we change some function
1392                names by adding the "__bound" prefix */
1393             switch(sym->v) {
1394 #if 0
1395             /* XXX: we rely only on malloc hooks */
1396             case TOK_malloc:
1397             case TOK_free:
1398             case TOK_realloc:
1399             case TOK_memalign:
1400             case TOK_calloc:
1401 #endif
1402             case TOK_memcpy:
1403             case TOK_memmove:
1404             case TOK_memset:
1405             case TOK_strlen:
1406             case TOK_strcpy:
1407             case TOK__alloca:
1408                 strcpy(buf, "__bound_");
1409                 strcat(buf, name);
1410                 name = buf;
1411                 break;
1412             }
1413         }
1414 #endif
1415
1416 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
1417         if ((other & 2) && can_add_underscore) {
1418             sprintf(buf1, "_%s@%d", name, FUNC_ARGS(attr));
1419             name = buf1;
1420         } else
1421 #endif
1422         if (tcc_state->leading_underscore && can_add_underscore) {
1423             buf1[0] = '_';
1424             pstrcpy(buf1 + 1, sizeof(buf1) - 1, name);
1425             name = buf1;
1426         }
1427         info = ELF32_ST_INFO(sym_bind, sym_type);
1428         sym->c = add_elf_sym(symtab_section, value, size, info, other, sh_num, name);
1429     } else {
1430         esym = &((Elf32_Sym *)symtab_section->data)[sym->c];
1431         esym->st_value = value;
1432         esym->st_size = size;
1433         esym->st_shndx = sh_num;
1434         esym->st_other |= other;
1435     }
1436 }
1437
1438 static void put_extern_sym(Sym *sym, Section *section,
1439                            unsigned long value, unsigned long size)
1440 {
1441     put_extern_sym2(sym, section, value, size, 1);
1442 }
1443
1444 /* add a new relocation entry to symbol 'sym' in section 's' */
1445 static void greloc(Section *s, Sym *sym, unsigned long offset, int type)
1446 {
1447     if (!sym->c)
1448         put_extern_sym(sym, NULL, 0, 0);
1449     /* now we can add ELF relocation info */
1450     put_elf_reloc(symtab_section, s, offset, type, sym->c);
1451 }
1452
1453 static inline int isid(int c)
1454 {
1455     return (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z') ||
1456         (c >= 'A' && c <= 'Z') ||
1457         c == '_';
1458 }
1459
1460 static inline int isnum(int c)
1461 {
1462     return c >= '0' && c <= '9';
1463 }
1464
1465 static inline int isoct(int c)
1466 {
1467     return c >= '0' && c <= '7';
1468 }
1469
1470 static inline int toup(int c)
1471 {
1472     if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'z')
1473         return c - 'a' + 'A';
1474     else
1475         return c;
1476 }
1477
1478 static void strcat_vprintf(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
1479 {
1480     int len;
1481     len = strlen(buf);
1482     vsnprintf(buf + len, buf_size - len, fmt, ap);
1483 }
1484
1485 static void strcat_printf(char *buf, int buf_size, const char *fmt, ...)
1486 {
1487     va_list ap;
1488     va_start(ap, fmt);
1489     strcat_vprintf(buf, buf_size, fmt, ap);
1490     va_end(ap);
1491 }
1492
1493 void error1(TCCState *s1, int is_warning, const char *fmt, va_list ap)
1494 {
1495     char buf[2048];
1496     BufferedFile **f;
1497
1498     buf[0] = '\0';
1499     if (file) {
1500         for(f = s1->include_stack; f < s1->include_stack_ptr; f++)
1501             strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf), "In file included from %s:%d:\n",
1502                           (*f)->filename, (*f)->line_num);
1503         if (file->line_num > 0) {
1504             strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf),
1505                           "%s:%d: ", file->filename, file->line_num);
1506         } else {
1507             strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf),
1508                           "%s: ", file->filename);
1509         }
1510     } else {
1511         strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf),
1512                       "tcc: ");
1513     }
1514     if (is_warning)
1515         strcat_printf(buf, sizeof(buf), "warning: ");
1516     strcat_vprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), fmt, ap);
1517
1518     if (!s1->error_func) {
1519         /* default case: stderr */
1520         fprintf(stderr, "%s\n", buf);
1521     } else {
1522         s1->error_func(s1->error_opaque, buf);
1523     }
1524     if (!is_warning || s1->warn_error)
1525         s1->nb_errors++;
1526 }
1527
1528 #ifdef LIBTCC
1529 void tcc_set_error_func(TCCState *s, void *error_opaque,
1530                         void (*error_func)(void *opaque, const char *msg))
1531 {
1532     s->error_opaque = error_opaque;
1533     s->error_func = error_func;
1534 }
1535 #endif
1536
1537 /* error without aborting current compilation */
1538 void error_noabort(const char *fmt, ...)
1539 {
1540     TCCState *s1 = tcc_state;
1541     va_list ap;
1542
1543     va_start(ap, fmt);
1544     error1(s1, 0, fmt, ap);
1545     va_end(ap);
1546 }
1547
1548 void error(const char *fmt, ...)
1549 {
1550     TCCState *s1 = tcc_state;
1551     va_list ap;
1552
1553     va_start(ap, fmt);
1554     error1(s1, 0, fmt, ap);
1555     va_end(ap);
1556     /* better than nothing: in some cases, we accept to handle errors */
1557     if (s1->error_set_jmp_enabled) {
1558         longjmp(s1->error_jmp_buf, 1);
1559     } else {
1560         /* XXX: eliminate this someday */
1561         exit(1);
1562     }
1563 }
1564
1565 void expect(const char *msg)
1566 {
1567     error("%s expected", msg);
1568 }
1569
1570 void warning(const char *fmt, ...)
1571 {
1572     TCCState *s1 = tcc_state;
1573     va_list ap;
1574
1575     if (s1->warn_none)
1576         return;
1577
1578     va_start(ap, fmt);
1579     error1(s1, 1, fmt, ap);
1580     va_end(ap);
1581 }
1582
1583 void skip(int c)
1584 {
1585     if (tok != c)
1586         error("'%c' expected", c);
1587     next();
1588 }
1589
1590 static void test_lvalue(void)
1591 {
1592     if (!(vtop->r & VT_LVAL))
1593         expect("lvalue");
1594 }
1595
1596 /* allocate a new token */
1597 static TokenSym *tok_alloc_new(TokenSym **pts, const char *str, int len)
1598 {
1599     TokenSym *ts, **ptable;
1600     int i;
1601
1602     if (tok_ident >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM)
1603         error("memory full");
1604
1605     /* expand token table if needed */
1606     i = tok_ident - TOK_IDENT;
1607     if ((i % TOK_ALLOC_INCR) == 0) {
1608         ptable = tcc_realloc(table_ident, (i + TOK_ALLOC_INCR) * sizeof(TokenSym *));
1609         if (!ptable)
1610             error("memory full");
1611         table_ident = ptable;
1612     }
1613
1614     ts = tcc_malloc(sizeof(TokenSym) + len);
1615     table_ident[i] = ts;
1616     ts->tok = tok_ident++;
1617     ts->sym_define = NULL;
1618     ts->sym_label = NULL;
1619     ts->sym_struct = NULL;
1620     ts->sym_identifier = NULL;
1621     ts->len = len;
1622     ts->hash_next = NULL;
1623     memcpy(ts->str, str, len);
1624     ts->str[len] = '\0';
1625     *pts = ts;
1626     return ts;
1627 }
1628
1629 #define TOK_HASH_INIT 1
1630 #define TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, c) ((h) * 263 + (c))
1631
1632 /* find a token and add it if not found */
1633 static TokenSym *tok_alloc(const char *str, int len)
1634 {
1635     TokenSym *ts, **pts;
1636     int i;
1637     unsigned int h;
1638
1639     h = TOK_HASH_INIT;
1640     for(i=0;i<len;i++)
1641         h = TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, ((unsigned char *)str)[i]);
1642     h &= (TOK_HASH_SIZE - 1);
1643
1644     pts = &hash_ident[h];
1645     for(;;) {
1646         ts = *pts;
1647         if (!ts)
1648             break;
1649         if (ts->len == len && !memcmp(ts->str, str, len))
1650             return ts;
1651         pts = &(ts->hash_next);
1652     }
1653     return tok_alloc_new(pts, str, len);
1654 }
1655
1656 /* CString handling */
1657
1658 static void cstr_realloc(CString *cstr, int new_size)
1659 {
1660     int size;
1661     void *data;
1662
1663     size = cstr->size_allocated;
1664     if (size == 0)
1665         size = 8; /* no need to allocate a too small first string */
1666     while (size < new_size)
1667         size = size * 2;
1668     data = tcc_realloc(cstr->data_allocated, size);
1669     if (!data)
1670         error("memory full");
1671     cstr->data_allocated = data;
1672     cstr->size_allocated = size;
1673     cstr->data = data;
1674 }
1675
1676 /* add a byte */
1677 static inline void cstr_ccat(CString *cstr, int ch)
1678 {
1679     int size;
1680     size = cstr->size + 1;
1681     if (size > cstr->size_allocated)
1682         cstr_realloc(cstr, size);
1683     ((unsigned char *)cstr->data)[size - 1] = ch;
1684     cstr->size = size;
1685 }
1686
1687 static void cstr_cat(CString *cstr, const char *str)
1688 {
1689     int c;
1690     for(;;) {
1691         c = *str;
1692         if (c == '\0')
1693             break;
1694         cstr_ccat(cstr, c);
1695         str++;
1696     }
1697 }
1698
1699 /* add a wide char */
1700 static void cstr_wccat(CString *cstr, int ch)
1701 {
1702     int size;
1703     size = cstr->size + sizeof(nwchar_t);
1704     if (size > cstr->size_allocated)
1705         cstr_realloc(cstr, size);
1706     *(nwchar_t *)(((unsigned char *)cstr->data) + size - sizeof(nwchar_t)) = ch;
1707     cstr->size = size;
1708 }
1709
1710 static void cstr_new(CString *cstr)
1711 {
1712     memset(cstr, 0, sizeof(CString));
1713 }
1714
1715 /* free string and reset it to NULL */
1716 static void cstr_free(CString *cstr)
1717 {
1718     tcc_free(cstr->data_allocated);
1719     cstr_new(cstr);
1720 }
1721
1722 #define cstr_reset(cstr) cstr_free(cstr)
1723
1724 /* XXX: unicode ? */
1725 static void add_char(CString *cstr, int c)
1726 {
1727     if (c == '\'' || c == '\"' || c == '\\') {
1728         /* XXX: could be more precise if char or string */
1729         cstr_ccat(cstr, '\\');
1730     }
1731     if (c >= 32 && c <= 126) {
1732         cstr_ccat(cstr, c);
1733     } else {
1734         cstr_ccat(cstr, '\\');
1735         if (c == '\n') {
1736             cstr_ccat(cstr, 'n');
1737         } else {
1738             cstr_ccat(cstr, '0' + ((c >> 6) & 7));
1739             cstr_ccat(cstr, '0' + ((c >> 3) & 7));
1740             cstr_ccat(cstr, '0' + (c & 7));
1741         }
1742     }
1743 }
1744
1745 /* XXX: buffer overflow */
1746 /* XXX: float tokens */
1747 char *get_tok_str(int v, CValue *cv)
1748 {
1749     static char buf[STRING_MAX_SIZE + 1];
1750     static CString cstr_buf;
1751     CString *cstr;
1752     unsigned char *q;
1753     char *p;
1754     int i, len;
1755
1756     /* NOTE: to go faster, we give a fixed buffer for small strings */
1757     cstr_reset(&cstr_buf);
1758     cstr_buf.data = buf;
1759     cstr_buf.size_allocated = sizeof(buf);
1760     p = buf;
1761
1762     switch(v) {
1763     case TOK_CINT:
1764     case TOK_CUINT:
1765         /* XXX: not quite exact, but only useful for testing */
1766         sprintf(p, "%u", cv->ui);
1767         break;
1768     case TOK_CLLONG:
1769     case TOK_CULLONG:
1770         /* XXX: not quite exact, but only useful for testing  */
1771         sprintf(p, "%Lu", cv->ull);
1772         break;
1773     case TOK_CCHAR:
1774     case TOK_LCHAR:
1775         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\'');
1776         add_char(&cstr_buf, cv->i);
1777         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\'');
1778         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\0');
1779         break;
1780     case TOK_PPNUM:
1781         cstr = cv->cstr;
1782         len = cstr->size - 1;
1783         for(i=0;i<len;i++)
1784             add_char(&cstr_buf, ((unsigned char *)cstr->data)[i]);
1785         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\0');
1786         break;
1787     case TOK_STR:
1788     case TOK_LSTR:
1789         cstr = cv->cstr;
1790         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\"');
1791         if (v == TOK_STR) {
1792             len = cstr->size - 1;
1793             for(i=0;i<len;i++)
1794                 add_char(&cstr_buf, ((unsigned char *)cstr->data)[i]);
1795         } else {
1796             len = (cstr->size / sizeof(nwchar_t)) - 1;
1797             for(i=0;i<len;i++)
1798                 add_char(&cstr_buf, ((nwchar_t *)cstr->data)[i]);
1799         }
1800         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\"');
1801         cstr_ccat(&cstr_buf, '\0');
1802         break;
1803     case TOK_LT:
1804         v = '<';
1805         goto addv;
1806     case TOK_GT:
1807         v = '>';
1808         goto addv;
1809     case TOK_DOTS:
1810         return strcpy(p, "...");
1811     case TOK_A_SHL:
1812         return strcpy(p, "<<=");
1813     case TOK_A_SAR:
1814         return strcpy(p, ">>=");
1815     default:
1816         if (v < TOK_IDENT) {
1817             /* search in two bytes table */
1818             q = tok_two_chars;
1819             while (*q) {
1820                 if (q[2] == v) {
1821                     *p++ = q[0];
1822                     *p++ = q[1];
1823                     *p = '\0';
1824                     return buf;
1825                 }
1826                 q += 3;
1827             }
1828         addv:
1829             *p++ = v;
1830             *p = '\0';
1831         } else if (v < tok_ident) {
1832             return table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->str;
1833         } else if (v >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
1834             /* special name for anonymous symbol */
1835             sprintf(p, "L.%u", v - SYM_FIRST_ANOM);
1836         } else {
1837             /* should never happen */
1838             return NULL;
1839         }
1840         break;
1841     }
1842     return cstr_buf.data;
1843 }
1844
1845 /* push, without hashing */
1846 static Sym *sym_push2(Sym **ps, int v, int t, int c)
1847 {
1848     Sym *s;
1849     s = sym_malloc();
1850     s->v = v;
1851     s->type.t = t;
1852     s->c = c;
1853     s->next = NULL;
1854     /* add in stack */
1855     s->prev = *ps;
1856     *ps = s;
1857     return s;
1858 }
1859
1860 /* find a symbol and return its associated structure. 's' is the top
1861    of the symbol stack */
1862 static Sym *sym_find2(Sym *s, int v)
1863 {
1864     while (s) {
1865         if (s->v == v)
1866             return s;
1867         s = s->prev;
1868     }
1869     return NULL;
1870 }
1871
1872 /* structure lookup */
1873 static inline Sym *struct_find(int v)
1874 {
1875     v -= TOK_IDENT;
1876     if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
1877         return NULL;
1878     return table_ident[v]->sym_struct;
1879 }
1880
1881 /* find an identifier */
1882 static inline Sym *sym_find(int v)
1883 {
1884     v -= TOK_IDENT;
1885     if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
1886         return NULL;
1887     return table_ident[v]->sym_identifier;
1888 }
1889
1890 /* push a given symbol on the symbol stack */
1891 static Sym *sym_push(int v, CType *type, int r, int c)
1892 {
1893     Sym *s, **ps;
1894     TokenSym *ts;
1895
1896     if (local_stack)
1897         ps = &local_stack;
1898     else
1899         ps = &global_stack;
1900     s = sym_push2(ps, v, type->t, c);
1901     s->type.ref = type->ref;
1902     s->r = r;
1903     /* don't record fields or anonymous symbols */
1904     /* XXX: simplify */
1905     if (!(v & SYM_FIELD) && (v & ~SYM_STRUCT) < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
1906         /* record symbol in token array */
1907         ts = table_ident[(v & ~SYM_STRUCT) - TOK_IDENT];
1908         if (v & SYM_STRUCT)
1909             ps = &ts->sym_struct;
1910         else
1911             ps = &ts->sym_identifier;
1912         s->prev_tok = *ps;
1913         *ps = s;
1914     }
1915     return s;
1916 }
1917
1918 /* push a global identifier */
1919 static Sym *global_identifier_push(int v, int t, int c)
1920 {
1921     Sym *s, **ps;
1922     s = sym_push2(&global_stack, v, t, c);
1923     /* don't record anonymous symbol */
1924     if (v < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
1925         ps = &table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_identifier;
1926         /* modify the top most local identifier, so that
1927            sym_identifier will point to 's' when popped */
1928         while (*ps != NULL)
1929             ps = &(*ps)->prev_tok;
1930         s->prev_tok = NULL;
1931         *ps = s;
1932     }
1933     return s;
1934 }
1935
1936 /* pop symbols until top reaches 'b' */
1937 static void sym_pop(Sym **ptop, Sym *b)
1938 {
1939     Sym *s, *ss, **ps;
1940     TokenSym *ts;
1941     int v;
1942
1943     s = *ptop;
1944     while(s != b) {
1945         ss = s->prev;
1946         v = s->v;
1947         /* remove symbol in token array */
1948         /* XXX: simplify */
1949         if (!(v & SYM_FIELD) && (v & ~SYM_STRUCT) < SYM_FIRST_ANOM) {
1950             ts = table_ident[(v & ~SYM_STRUCT) - TOK_IDENT];
1951             if (v & SYM_STRUCT)
1952                 ps = &ts->sym_struct;
1953             else
1954                 ps = &ts->sym_identifier;
1955             *ps = s->prev_tok;
1956         }
1957         sym_free(s);
1958         s = ss;
1959     }
1960     *ptop = b;
1961 }
1962
1963 /* I/O layer */
1964
1965 BufferedFile *tcc_open(TCCState *s1, const char *filename)
1966 {
1967     int fd;
1968     BufferedFile *bf;
1969
1970     if (strcmp(filename, "-") == 0)
1971         fd = 0, filename = "stdin";
1972     else
1973         fd = open(filename, O_RDONLY | O_BINARY);
1974     if ((verbose == 2 && fd >= 0) || verbose == 3)
1975         printf("%s %*s%s\n", fd < 0 ? "nf":"->",
1976                (s1->include_stack_ptr - s1->include_stack), "", filename);
1977     if (fd < 0)
1978         return NULL;
1979     bf = tcc_malloc(sizeof(BufferedFile));
1980     bf->fd = fd;
1981     bf->buf_ptr = bf->buffer;
1982     bf->buf_end = bf->buffer;
1983     bf->buffer[0] = CH_EOB; /* put eob symbol */
1984     pstrcpy(bf->filename, sizeof(bf->filename), filename);
1985 #ifdef _WIN32
1986     normalize_slashes(bf->filename);
1987 #endif
1988     bf->line_num = 1;
1989     bf->ifndef_macro = 0;
1990     bf->ifdef_stack_ptr = s1->ifdef_stack_ptr;
1991     //    printf("opening '%s'\n", filename);
1992     return bf;
1993 }
1994
1995 void tcc_close(BufferedFile *bf)
1996 {
1997     total_lines += bf->line_num;
1998     close(bf->fd);
1999     tcc_free(bf);
2000 }
2001
2002 /* fill input buffer and peek next char */
2003 static int tcc_peekc_slow(BufferedFile *bf)
2004 {
2005     int len;
2006     /* only tries to read if really end of buffer */
2007     if (bf->buf_ptr >= bf->buf_end) {
2008         if (bf->fd != -1) {
2009 #if defined(PARSE_DEBUG)
2010             len = 8;
2011 #else
2012             len = IO_BUF_SIZE;
2013 #endif
2014             len = read(bf->fd, bf->buffer, len);
2015             if (len < 0)
2016                 len = 0;
2017         } else {
2018             len = 0;
2019         }
2020         total_bytes += len;
2021         bf->buf_ptr = bf->buffer;
2022         bf->buf_end = bf->buffer + len;
2023         *bf->buf_end = CH_EOB;
2024     }
2025     if (bf->buf_ptr < bf->buf_end) {
2026         return bf->buf_ptr[0];
2027     } else {
2028         bf->buf_ptr = bf->buf_end;
2029         return CH_EOF;
2030     }
2031 }
2032
2033 /* return the current character, handling end of block if necessary
2034    (but not stray) */
2035 static int handle_eob(void)
2036 {
2037     return tcc_peekc_slow(file);
2038 }
2039
2040 /* read next char from current input file and handle end of input buffer */
2041 static inline void inp(void)
2042 {
2043     ch = *(++(file->buf_ptr));
2044     /* end of buffer/file handling */
2045     if (ch == CH_EOB)
2046         ch = handle_eob();
2047 }
2048
2049 /* handle '\[\r]\n' */
2050 static int handle_stray_noerror(void)
2051 {
2052     while (ch == '\\') {
2053         inp();
2054         if (ch == '\n') {
2055             file->line_num++;
2056             inp();
2057         } else if (ch == '\r') {
2058             inp();
2059             if (ch != '\n')
2060                 goto fail;
2061             file->line_num++;
2062             inp();
2063         } else {
2064         fail:
2065             return 1;
2066         }
2067     }
2068     return 0;
2069 }
2070
2071 static void handle_stray(void)
2072 {
2073     if (handle_stray_noerror())
2074         error("stray '\\' in program");
2075 }
2076
2077 /* skip the stray and handle the \\n case. Output an error if
2078    incorrect char after the stray */
2079 static int handle_stray1(uint8_t *p)
2080 {
2081     int c;
2082
2083     if (p >= file->buf_end) {
2084         file->buf_ptr = p;
2085         c = handle_eob();
2086         p = file->buf_ptr;
2087         if (c == '\\')
2088             goto parse_stray;
2089     } else {
2090     parse_stray:
2091         file->buf_ptr = p;
2092         ch = *p;
2093         handle_stray();
2094         p = file->buf_ptr;
2095         c = *p;
2096     }
2097     return c;
2098 }
2099
2100 /* handle just the EOB case, but not stray */
2101 #define PEEKC_EOB(c, p)\
2102 {\
2103     p++;\
2104     c = *p;\
2105     if (c == '\\') {\
2106         file->buf_ptr = p;\
2107         c = handle_eob();\
2108         p = file->buf_ptr;\
2109     }\
2110 }
2111
2112 /* handle the complicated stray case */
2113 #define PEEKC(c, p)\
2114 {\
2115     p++;\
2116     c = *p;\
2117     if (c == '\\') {\
2118         c = handle_stray1(p);\
2119         p = file->buf_ptr;\
2120     }\
2121 }
2122
2123 /* input with '\[\r]\n' handling. Note that this function cannot
2124    handle other characters after '\', so you cannot call it inside
2125    strings or comments */
2126 static void minp(void)
2127 {
2128     inp();
2129     if (ch == '\\')
2130         handle_stray();
2131 }
2132
2133
2134 /* single line C++ comments */
2135 static uint8_t *parse_line_comment(uint8_t *p)
2136 {
2137     int c;
2138
2139     p++;
2140     for(;;) {
2141         c = *p;
2142     redo:
2143         if (c == '\n' || c == CH_EOF) {
2144             break;
2145         } else if (c == '\\') {
2146             file->buf_ptr = p;
2147             c = handle_eob();
2148             p = file->buf_ptr;
2149             if (c == '\\') {
2150                 PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2151                 if (c == '\n') {
2152                     file->line_num++;
2153                     PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2154                 } else if (c == '\r') {
2155                     PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2156                     if (c == '\n') {
2157                         file->line_num++;
2158                         PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2159                     }
2160                 }
2161             } else {
2162                 goto redo;
2163             }
2164         } else {
2165             p++;
2166         }
2167     }
2168     return p;
2169 }
2170
2171 /* C comments */
2172 static uint8_t *parse_comment(uint8_t *p)
2173 {
2174     int c;
2175
2176     p++;
2177     for(;;) {
2178         /* fast skip loop */
2179         for(;;) {
2180             c = *p;
2181             if (c == '\n' || c == '*' || c == '\\')
2182                 break;
2183             p++;
2184             c = *p;
2185             if (c == '\n' || c == '*' || c == '\\')
2186                 break;
2187             p++;
2188         }
2189         /* now we can handle all the cases */
2190         if (c == '\n') {
2191             file->line_num++;
2192             p++;
2193         } else if (c == '*') {
2194             p++;
2195             for(;;) {
2196                 c = *p;
2197                 if (c == '*') {
2198                     p++;
2199                 } else if (c == '/') {
2200                     goto end_of_comment;
2201                 } else if (c == '\\') {
2202                     file->buf_ptr = p;
2203                     c = handle_eob();
2204                     p = file->buf_ptr;
2205                     if (c == '\\') {
2206                         /* skip '\[\r]\n', otherwise just skip the stray */
2207                         while (c == '\\') {
2208                             PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2209                             if (c == '\n') {
2210                                 file->line_num++;
2211                                 PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2212                             } else if (c == '\r') {
2213                                 PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2214                                 if (c == '\n') {
2215                                     file->line_num++;
2216                                     PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2217                                 }
2218                             } else {
2219                                 goto after_star;
2220                             }
2221                         }
2222                     }
2223                 } else {
2224                     break;
2225                 }
2226             }
2227         after_star: ;
2228         } else {
2229             /* stray, eob or eof */
2230             file->buf_ptr = p;
2231             c = handle_eob();
2232             p = file->buf_ptr;
2233             if (c == CH_EOF) {
2234                 error("unexpected end of file in comment");
2235             } else if (c == '\\') {
2236                 p++;
2237             }
2238         }
2239     }
2240  end_of_comment:
2241     p++;
2242     return p;
2243 }
2244
2245 #define cinp minp
2246
2247 /* space exlcuding newline */
2248 static inline int is_space(int ch)
2249 {
2250     return ch == ' ' || ch == '\t' || ch == '\v' || ch == '\f' || ch == '\r';
2251 }
2252
2253 static inline void skip_spaces(void)
2254 {
2255     while (is_space(ch))
2256         cinp();
2257 }
2258
2259 /* parse a string without interpreting escapes */
2260 static uint8_t *parse_pp_string(uint8_t *p,
2261                                 int sep, CString *str)
2262 {
2263     int c;
2264     p++;
2265     for(;;) {
2266         c = *p;
2267         if (c == sep) {
2268             break;
2269         } else if (c == '\\') {
2270             file->buf_ptr = p;
2271             c = handle_eob();
2272             p = file->buf_ptr;
2273             if (c == CH_EOF) {
2274             unterminated_string:
2275                 /* XXX: indicate line number of start of string */
2276                 error("missing terminating %c character", sep);
2277             } else if (c == '\\') {
2278                 /* escape : just skip \[\r]\n */
2279                 PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2280                 if (c == '\n') {
2281                     file->line_num++;
2282                     p++;
2283                 } else if (c == '\r') {
2284                     PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2285                     if (c != '\n')
2286                         expect("'\n' after '\r'");
2287                     file->line_num++;
2288                     p++;
2289                 } else if (c == CH_EOF) {
2290                     goto unterminated_string;
2291                 } else {
2292                     if (str) {
2293                         cstr_ccat(str, '\\');
2294                         cstr_ccat(str, c);
2295                     }
2296                     p++;
2297                 }
2298             }
2299         } else if (c == '\n') {
2300             file->line_num++;
2301             goto add_char;
2302         } else if (c == '\r') {
2303             PEEKC_EOB(c, p);
2304             if (c != '\n') {
2305                 if (str)
2306                     cstr_ccat(str, '\r');
2307             } else {
2308                 file->line_num++;
2309                 goto add_char;
2310             }
2311         } else {
2312         add_char:
2313             if (str)
2314                 cstr_ccat(str, c);
2315             p++;
2316         }
2317     }
2318     p++;
2319     return p;
2320 }
2321
2322 /* skip block of text until #else, #elif or #endif. skip also pairs of
2323    #if/#endif */
2324 void preprocess_skip(void)
2325 {
2326     int a, start_of_line, c, in_warn_or_error;
2327     uint8_t *p;
2328
2329     p = file->buf_ptr;
2330     a = 0;
2331 redo_start:
2332     start_of_line = 1;
2333     in_warn_or_error = 0;
2334     for(;;) {
2335     redo_no_start:
2336         c = *p;
2337         switch(c) {
2338         case ' ':
2339         case '\t':
2340         case '\f':
2341         case '\v':
2342         case '\r':
2343             p++;
2344             goto redo_no_start;
2345         case '\n':
2346             file->line_num++;
2347             p++;
2348             goto redo_start;
2349         case '\\':
2350             file->buf_ptr = p;
2351             c = handle_eob();
2352             if (c == CH_EOF) {
2353                 expect("#endif");
2354             } else if (c == '\\') {
2355                 ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
2356                 handle_stray_noerror();
2357             }
2358             p = file->buf_ptr;
2359             goto redo_no_start;
2360         /* skip strings */
2361         case '\"':
2362         case '\'':
2363             if (in_warn_or_error)
2364                 goto _default;
2365             p = parse_pp_string(p, c, NULL);
2366             break;
2367         /* skip comments */
2368         case '/':
2369             if (in_warn_or_error)
2370                 goto _default;
2371             file->buf_ptr = p;
2372             ch = *p;
2373             minp();
2374             p = file->buf_ptr;
2375             if (ch == '*') {
2376                 p = parse_comment(p);
2377             } else if (ch == '/') {
2378                 p = parse_line_comment(p);
2379             }
2380             break;
2381         case '#':
2382             p++;
2383             if (start_of_line) {
2384                 file->buf_ptr = p;
2385                 next_nomacro();
2386                 p = file->buf_ptr;
2387                 if (a == 0 &&
2388                     (tok == TOK_ELSE || tok == TOK_ELIF || tok == TOK_ENDIF))
2389                     goto the_end;
2390                 if (tok == TOK_IF || tok == TOK_IFDEF || tok == TOK_IFNDEF)
2391                     a++;
2392                 else if (tok == TOK_ENDIF)
2393                     a--;
2394                 else if( tok == TOK_ERROR || tok == TOK_WARNING)
2395                     in_warn_or_error = 1;
2396             }
2397             break;
2398 _default:
2399         default:
2400             p++;
2401             break;
2402         }
2403         start_of_line = 0;
2404     }
2405  the_end: ;
2406     file->buf_ptr = p;
2407 }
2408
2409 /* ParseState handling */
2410
2411 /* XXX: currently, no include file info is stored. Thus, we cannot display
2412    accurate messages if the function or data definition spans multiple
2413    files */
2414
2415 /* save current parse state in 's' */
2416 void save_parse_state(ParseState *s)
2417 {
2418     s->line_num = file->line_num;
2419     s->macro_ptr = macro_ptr;
2420     s->tok = tok;
2421     s->tokc = tokc;
2422 }
2423
2424 /* restore parse state from 's' */
2425 void restore_parse_state(ParseState *s)
2426 {
2427     file->line_num = s->line_num;
2428     macro_ptr = s->macro_ptr;
2429     tok = s->tok;
2430     tokc = s->tokc;
2431 }
2432
2433 /* return the number of additional 'ints' necessary to store the
2434    token */
2435 static inline int tok_ext_size(int t)
2436 {
2437     switch(t) {
2438         /* 4 bytes */
2439     case TOK_CINT:
2440     case TOK_CUINT:
2441     case TOK_CCHAR:
2442     case TOK_LCHAR:
2443     case TOK_CFLOAT:
2444     case TOK_LINENUM:
2445         return 1;
2446     case TOK_STR:
2447     case TOK_LSTR:
2448     case TOK_PPNUM:
2449         error("unsupported token");
2450         return 1;
2451     case TOK_CDOUBLE:
2452     case TOK_CLLONG:
2453     case TOK_CULLONG:
2454         return 2;
2455     case TOK_CLDOUBLE:
2456         return LDOUBLE_SIZE / 4;
2457     default:
2458         return 0;
2459     }
2460 }
2461
2462 /* token string handling */
2463
2464 static inline void tok_str_new(TokenString *s)
2465 {
2466     s->str = NULL;
2467     s->len = 0;
2468     s->allocated_len = 0;
2469     s->last_line_num = -1;
2470 }
2471
2472 static void tok_str_free(int *str)
2473 {
2474     tcc_free(str);
2475 }
2476
2477 static int *tok_str_realloc(TokenString *s)
2478 {
2479     int *str, len;
2480
2481     if (s->allocated_len == 0) {
2482         len = 8;
2483     } else {
2484         len = s->allocated_len * 2;
2485     }
2486     str = tcc_realloc(s->str, len * sizeof(int));
2487     if (!str)
2488         error("memory full");
2489     s->allocated_len = len;
2490     s->str = str;
2491     return str;
2492 }
2493
2494 static void tok_str_add(TokenString *s, int t)
2495 {
2496     int len, *str;
2497
2498     len = s->len;
2499     str = s->str;
2500     if (len >= s->allocated_len)
2501         str = tok_str_realloc(s);
2502     str[len++] = t;
2503     s->len = len;
2504 }
2505
2506 static void tok_str_add2(TokenString *s, int t, CValue *cv)
2507 {
2508     int len, *str;
2509
2510     len = s->len;
2511     str = s->str;
2512
2513     /* allocate space for worst case */
2514     if (len + TOK_MAX_SIZE > s->allocated_len)
2515         str = tok_str_realloc(s);
2516     str[len++] = t;
2517     switch(t) {
2518     case TOK_CINT:
2519     case TOK_CUINT:
2520     case TOK_CCHAR:
2521     case TOK_LCHAR:
2522     case TOK_CFLOAT:
2523     case TOK_LINENUM:
2524         str[len++] = cv->tab[0];
2525         break;
2526     case TOK_PPNUM:
2527     case TOK_STR:
2528     case TOK_LSTR:
2529         {
2530             int nb_words;
2531             CString *cstr;
2532
2533             nb_words = (sizeof(CString) + cv->cstr->size + 3) >> 2;
2534             while ((len + nb_words) > s->allocated_len)
2535                 str = tok_str_realloc(s);
2536             cstr = (CString *)(str + len);
2537             cstr->data = NULL;
2538             cstr->size = cv->cstr->size;
2539             cstr->data_allocated = NULL;
2540             cstr->size_allocated = cstr->size;
2541             memcpy((char *)cstr + sizeof(CString),
2542                    cv->cstr->data, cstr->size);
2543             len += nb_words;
2544         }
2545         break;
2546     case TOK_CDOUBLE:
2547     case TOK_CLLONG:
2548     case TOK_CULLONG:
2549 #if LDOUBLE_SIZE == 8
2550     case TOK_CLDOUBLE:
2551 #endif
2552         str[len++] = cv->tab[0];
2553         str[len++] = cv->tab[1];
2554         break;
2555 #if LDOUBLE_SIZE == 12
2556     case TOK_CLDOUBLE:
2557         str[len++] = cv->tab[0];
2558         str[len++] = cv->tab[1];
2559         str[len++] = cv->tab[2];
2560 #elif LDOUBLE_SIZE != 8
2561 #error add long double size support
2562 #endif
2563         break;
2564     default:
2565         break;
2566     }
2567     s->len = len;
2568 }
2569
2570 /* add the current parse token in token string 's' */
2571 static void tok_str_add_tok(TokenString *s)
2572 {
2573     CValue cval;
2574
2575     /* save line number info */
2576     if (file->line_num != s->last_line_num) {
2577         s->last_line_num = file->line_num;
2578         cval.i = s->last_line_num;
2579         tok_str_add2(s, TOK_LINENUM, &cval);
2580     }
2581     tok_str_add2(s, tok, &tokc);
2582 }
2583
2584 #if LDOUBLE_SIZE == 12
2585 #define LDOUBLE_GET(p, cv)                      \
2586         cv.tab[0] = p[0];                       \
2587         cv.tab[1] = p[1];                       \
2588         cv.tab[2] = p[2];
2589 #elif LDOUBLE_SIZE == 8
2590 #define LDOUBLE_GET(p, cv)                      \
2591         cv.tab[0] = p[0];                       \
2592         cv.tab[1] = p[1];
2593 #else
2594 #error add long double size support
2595 #endif
2596
2597
2598 /* get a token from an integer array and increment pointer
2599    accordingly. we code it as a macro to avoid pointer aliasing. */
2600 #define TOK_GET(t, p, cv)                       \
2601 {                                               \
2602     t = *p++;                                   \
2603     switch(t) {                                 \
2604     case TOK_CINT:                              \
2605     case TOK_CUINT:                             \
2606     case TOK_CCHAR:                             \
2607     case TOK_LCHAR:                             \
2608     case TOK_CFLOAT:                            \
2609     case TOK_LINENUM:                           \
2610         cv.tab[0] = *p++;                       \
2611         break;                                  \
2612     case TOK_STR:                               \
2613     case TOK_LSTR:                              \
2614     case TOK_PPNUM:                             \
2615         cv.cstr = (CString *)p;                 \
2616         cv.cstr->data = (char *)p + sizeof(CString);\
2617         p += (sizeof(CString) + cv.cstr->size + 3) >> 2;\
2618         break;                                  \
2619     case TOK_CDOUBLE:                           \
2620     case TOK_CLLONG:                            \
2621     case TOK_CULLONG:                           \
2622         cv.tab[0] = p[0];                       \
2623         cv.tab[1] = p[1];                       \
2624         p += 2;                                 \
2625         break;                                  \
2626     case TOK_CLDOUBLE:                          \
2627         LDOUBLE_GET(p, cv);                     \
2628         p += LDOUBLE_SIZE / 4;                  \
2629         break;                                  \
2630     default:                                    \
2631         break;                                  \
2632     }                                           \
2633 }
2634
2635 /* defines handling */
2636 static inline void define_push(int v, int macro_type, int *str, Sym *first_arg)
2637 {
2638     Sym *s;
2639
2640     s = sym_push2(&define_stack, v, macro_type, (int)str);
2641     s->next = first_arg;
2642     table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_define = s;
2643 }
2644
2645 /* undefined a define symbol. Its name is just set to zero */
2646 static void define_undef(Sym *s)
2647 {
2648     int v;
2649     v = s->v;
2650     if (v >= TOK_IDENT && v < tok_ident)
2651         table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_define = NULL;
2652     s->v = 0;
2653 }
2654
2655 static inline Sym *define_find(int v)
2656 {
2657     v -= TOK_IDENT;
2658     if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
2659         return NULL;
2660     return table_ident[v]->sym_define;
2661 }
2662
2663 /* free define stack until top reaches 'b' */
2664 static void free_defines(Sym *b)
2665 {
2666     Sym *top, *top1;
2667     int v;
2668
2669     top = define_stack;
2670     while (top != b) {
2671         top1 = top->prev;
2672         /* do not free args or predefined defines */
2673         if (top->c)
2674             tok_str_free((int *)top->c);
2675         v = top->v;
2676         if (v >= TOK_IDENT && v < tok_ident)
2677             table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_define = NULL;
2678         sym_free(top);
2679         top = top1;
2680     }
2681     define_stack = b;
2682 }
2683
2684 /* label lookup */
2685 static Sym *label_find(int v)
2686 {
2687     v -= TOK_IDENT;
2688     if ((unsigned)v >= (unsigned)(tok_ident - TOK_IDENT))
2689         return NULL;
2690     return table_ident[v]->sym_label;
2691 }
2692
2693 static Sym *label_push(Sym **ptop, int v, int flags)
2694 {
2695     Sym *s, **ps;
2696     s = sym_push2(ptop, v, 0, 0);
2697     s->r = flags;
2698     ps = &table_ident[v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_label;
2699     if (ptop == &global_label_stack) {
2700         /* modify the top most local identifier, so that
2701            sym_identifier will point to 's' when popped */
2702         while (*ps != NULL)
2703             ps = &(*ps)->prev_tok;
2704     }
2705     s->prev_tok = *ps;
2706     *ps = s;
2707     return s;
2708 }
2709
2710 /* pop labels until element last is reached. Look if any labels are
2711    undefined. Define symbols if '&&label' was used. */
2712 static void label_pop(Sym **ptop, Sym *slast)
2713 {
2714     Sym *s, *s1;
2715     for(s = *ptop; s != slast; s = s1) {
2716         s1 = s->prev;
2717         if (s->r == LABEL_DECLARED) {
2718             warning("label '%s' declared but not used", get_tok_str(s->v, NULL));
2719         } else if (s->r == LABEL_FORWARD) {
2720                 error("label '%s' used but not defined",
2721                       get_tok_str(s->v, NULL));
2722         } else {
2723             if (s->c) {
2724                 /* define corresponding symbol. A size of
2725                    1 is put. */
2726                 put_extern_sym(s, cur_text_section, (long)s->next, 1);
2727             }
2728         }
2729         /* remove label */
2730         table_ident[s->v - TOK_IDENT]->sym_label = s->prev_tok;
2731         sym_free(s);
2732     }
2733     *ptop = slast;
2734 }
2735
2736 /* eval an expression for #if/#elif */
2737 static int expr_preprocess(void)
2738 {
2739     int c, t;
2740     TokenString str;
2741
2742     tok_str_new(&str);
2743     while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED && tok != TOK_EOF) {
2744         next(); /* do macro subst */
2745         if (tok == TOK_DEFINED) {
2746             next_nomacro();
2747             t = tok;
2748             if (t == '(')
2749                 next_nomacro();
2750             c = define_find(tok) != 0;
2751             if (t == '(')
2752                 next_nomacro();
2753             tok = TOK_CINT;
2754             tokc.i = c;
2755         } else if (tok >= TOK_IDENT) {
2756             /* if undefined macro */
2757             tok = TOK_CINT;
2758             tokc.i = 0;
2759         }
2760         tok_str_add_tok(&str);
2761     }
2762     tok_str_add(&str, -1); /* simulate end of file */
2763     tok_str_add(&str, 0);
2764     /* now evaluate C constant expression */
2765     macro_ptr = str.str;
2766     next();
2767     c = expr_const();
2768     macro_ptr = NULL;
2769     tok_str_free(str.str);
2770     return c != 0;
2771 }
2772
2773 #if defined(PARSE_DEBUG) || defined(PP_DEBUG)
2774 static void tok_print(int *str)
2775 {
2776     int t;
2777     CValue cval;
2778
2779     while (1) {
2780         TOK_GET(t, str, cval);
2781         if (!t)
2782             break;
2783         printf(" %s", get_tok_str(t, &cval));
2784     }
2785     printf("\n");
2786 }
2787 #endif
2788
2789 /* parse after #define */
2790 static void parse_define(void)
2791 {
2792     Sym *s, *first, **ps;
2793     int v, t, varg, is_vaargs, c;
2794     TokenString str;
2795
2796     v = tok;
2797     if (v < TOK_IDENT)
2798         error("invalid macro name '%s'", get_tok_str(tok, &tokc));
2799     /* XXX: should check if same macro (ANSI) */
2800     first = NULL;
2801     t = MACRO_OBJ;
2802     /* '(' must be just after macro definition for MACRO_FUNC */
2803     c = file->buf_ptr[0];
2804     if (c == '\\')
2805         c = handle_stray1(file->buf_ptr);
2806     if (c == '(') {
2807         next_nomacro();
2808         next_nomacro();
2809         ps = &first;
2810         while (tok != ')') {
2811             varg = tok;
2812             next_nomacro();
2813             is_vaargs = 0;
2814             if (varg == TOK_DOTS) {
2815                 varg = TOK___VA_ARGS__;
2816                 is_vaargs = 1;
2817             } else if (tok == TOK_DOTS && gnu_ext) {
2818                 is_vaargs = 1;
2819                 next_nomacro();
2820             }
2821             if (varg < TOK_IDENT)
2822                 error("badly punctuated parameter list");
2823             s = sym_push2(&define_stack, varg | SYM_FIELD, is_vaargs, 0);
2824             *ps = s;
2825             ps = &s->next;
2826             if (tok != ',')
2827                 break;
2828             next_nomacro();
2829         }
2830         t = MACRO_FUNC;
2831     }
2832     tok_str_new(&str);
2833     next_nomacro();
2834     /* EOF testing necessary for '-D' handling */
2835     while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED && tok != TOK_EOF) {
2836         tok_str_add2(&str, tok, &tokc);
2837         next_nomacro();
2838     }
2839     tok_str_add(&str, 0);
2840 #ifdef PP_DEBUG
2841     printf("define %s %d: ", get_tok_str(v, NULL), t);
2842     tok_print(str.str);
2843 #endif
2844     define_push(v, t, str.str, first);
2845 }
2846
2847 static inline int hash_cached_include(int type, const char *filename)
2848 {
2849     const unsigned char *s;
2850     unsigned int h;
2851
2852     h = TOK_HASH_INIT;
2853     h = TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, type);
2854     s = filename;
2855     while (*s) {
2856         h = TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, *s);
2857         s++;
2858     }
2859     h &= (CACHED_INCLUDES_HASH_SIZE - 1);
2860     return h;
2861 }
2862
2863 /* XXX: use a token or a hash table to accelerate matching ? */
2864 static CachedInclude *search_cached_include(TCCState *s1,
2865                                             int type, const char *filename)
2866 {
2867     CachedInclude *e;
2868     int i, h;
2869     h = hash_cached_include(type, filename);
2870     i = s1->cached_includes_hash[h];
2871     for(;;) {
2872         if (i == 0)
2873             break;
2874         e = s1->cached_includes[i - 1];
2875         if (e->type == type && !strcmp(e->filename, filename))
2876             return e;
2877         i = e->hash_next;
2878     }
2879     return NULL;
2880 }
2881
2882 static inline void add_cached_include(TCCState *s1, int type,
2883                                       const char *filename, int ifndef_macro)
2884 {
2885     CachedInclude *e;
2886     int h;
2887
2888     if (search_cached_include(s1, type, filename))
2889         return;
2890 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
2891     printf("adding cached '%s' %s\n", filename, get_tok_str(ifndef_macro, NULL));
2892 #endif
2893     e = tcc_malloc(sizeof(CachedInclude) + strlen(filename));
2894     if (!e)
2895         return;
2896     e->type = type;
2897     strcpy(e->filename, filename);
2898     e->ifndef_macro = ifndef_macro;
2899     dynarray_add((void ***)&s1->cached_includes, &s1->nb_cached_includes, e);
2900     /* add in hash table */
2901     h = hash_cached_include(type, filename);
2902     e->hash_next = s1->cached_includes_hash[h];
2903     s1->cached_includes_hash[h] = s1->nb_cached_includes;
2904 }
2905
2906 static void pragma_parse(TCCState *s1)
2907 {
2908     int val;
2909
2910     next();
2911     if (tok == TOK_pack) {
2912         /*
2913           This may be:
2914           #pragma pack(1) // set
2915           #pragma pack() // reset to default
2916           #pragma pack(push,1) // push & set
2917           #pragma pack(pop) // restore previous
2918         */
2919         next();
2920         skip('(');
2921         if (tok == TOK_ASM_pop) {
2922             next();
2923             if (s1->pack_stack_ptr <= s1->pack_stack) {
2924             stk_error:
2925                 error("out of pack stack");
2926             }
2927             s1->pack_stack_ptr--;
2928         } else {
2929             val = 0;
2930             if (tok != ')') {
2931                 if (tok == TOK_ASM_push) {
2932                     next();
2933                     if (s1->pack_stack_ptr >= s1->pack_stack + PACK_STACK_SIZE - 1)
2934                         goto stk_error;
2935                     s1->pack_stack_ptr++;
2936                     skip(',');
2937                 }
2938                 if (tok != TOK_CINT) {
2939                 pack_error:
2940                     error("invalid pack pragma");
2941                 }
2942                 val = tokc.i;
2943                 if (val < 1 || val > 16 || (val & (val - 1)) != 0)
2944                     goto pack_error;
2945                 next();
2946             }
2947             *s1->pack_stack_ptr = val;
2948             skip(')');
2949         }
2950     }
2951 }
2952
2953 /* is_bof is true if first non space token at beginning of file */
2954 static void preprocess(int is_bof)
2955 {
2956     TCCState *s1 = tcc_state;
2957     int size, i, c, n, saved_parse_flags;
2958     char buf[1024], *q;
2959     char buf1[1024];
2960     BufferedFile *f;
2961     Sym *s;
2962     CachedInclude *e;
2963
2964     saved_parse_flags = parse_flags;
2965     parse_flags = PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS | PARSE_FLAG_TOK_NUM |
2966         PARSE_FLAG_LINEFEED;
2967     next_nomacro();
2968  redo:
2969     switch(tok) {
2970     case TOK_DEFINE:
2971         next_nomacro();
2972         parse_define();
2973         break;
2974     case TOK_UNDEF:
2975         next_nomacro();
2976         s = define_find(tok);
2977         /* undefine symbol by putting an invalid name */
2978         if (s)
2979             define_undef(s);
2980         break;
2981     case TOK_INCLUDE:
2982     case TOK_INCLUDE_NEXT:
2983         ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
2984         /* XXX: incorrect if comments : use next_nomacro with a special mode */
2985         skip_spaces();
2986         if (ch == '<') {
2987             c = '>';
2988             goto read_name;
2989         } else if (ch == '\"') {
2990             c = ch;
2991         read_name:
2992             inp();
2993             q = buf;
2994             while (ch != c && ch != '\n' && ch != CH_EOF) {
2995                 if ((q - buf) < sizeof(buf) - 1)
2996                     *q++ = ch;
2997                 if (ch == '\\') {
2998                     if (handle_stray_noerror() == 0)
2999                         --q;
3000                 } else
3001                     inp();
3002             }
3003             *q = '\0';
3004             minp();
3005 #if 0
3006             /* eat all spaces and comments after include */
3007             /* XXX: slightly incorrect */
3008             while (ch1 != '\n' && ch1 != CH_EOF)
3009                 inp();
3010 #endif
3011         } else {
3012             /* computed #include : either we have only strings or
3013                we have anything enclosed in '<>' */
3014             next();
3015             buf[0] = '\0';
3016             if (tok == TOK_STR) {
3017                 while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED) {
3018                     if (tok != TOK_STR) {
3019                     include_syntax:
3020                         error("'#include' expects \"FILENAME\" or <FILENAME>");
3021                     }
3022                     pstrcat(buf, sizeof(buf), (char *)tokc.cstr->data);
3023                     next();
3024                 }
3025                 c = '\"';
3026             } else {
3027                 int len;
3028                 while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED) {
3029                     pstrcat(buf, sizeof(buf), get_tok_str(tok, &tokc));
3030                     next();
3031                 }
3032                 len = strlen(buf);
3033                 /* check syntax and remove '<>' */
3034                 if (len < 2 || buf[0] != '<' || buf[len - 1] != '>')
3035                     goto include_syntax;
3036                 memmove(buf, buf + 1, len - 2);
3037                 buf[len - 2] = '\0';
3038                 c = '>';
3039             }
3040         }
3041
3042         e = search_cached_include(s1, c, buf);
3043         if (e && define_find(e->ifndef_macro)) {
3044             /* no need to parse the include because the 'ifndef macro'
3045                is defined */
3046 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
3047             printf("%s: skipping %s\n", file->filename, buf);
3048 #endif
3049         } else {
3050             if (s1->include_stack_ptr >= s1->include_stack + INCLUDE_STACK_SIZE)
3051                 error("#include recursion too deep");
3052             /* push current file in stack */
3053             /* XXX: fix current line init */
3054             *s1->include_stack_ptr++ = file;
3055             if (c == '\"') {
3056                 /* first search in current dir if "header.h" */
3057                 size = tcc_basename(file->filename) - file->filename;
3058                 if (size > sizeof(buf1) - 1)
3059                     size = sizeof(buf1) - 1;
3060                 memcpy(buf1, file->filename, size);
3061                 buf1[size] = '\0';
3062                 pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), buf);
3063                 f = tcc_open(s1, buf1);
3064                 if (f) {
3065                     if (tok == TOK_INCLUDE_NEXT)
3066                         tok = TOK_INCLUDE;
3067                     else
3068                         goto found;
3069                 }
3070             }
3071             /* now search in all the include paths */
3072             n = s1->nb_include_paths + s1->nb_sysinclude_paths;
3073             for(i = 0; i < n; i++) {
3074                 const char *path;
3075                 if (i < s1->nb_include_paths)
3076                     path = s1->include_paths[i];
3077                 else
3078                     path = s1->sysinclude_paths[i - s1->nb_include_paths];
3079                 pstrcpy(buf1, sizeof(buf1), path);
3080                 pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), "/");
3081                 pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), buf);
3082                 f = tcc_open(s1, buf1);
3083                 if (f) {
3084                     if (tok == TOK_INCLUDE_NEXT)
3085                         tok = TOK_INCLUDE;
3086                     else
3087                         goto found;
3088                 }
3089             }
3090             --s1->include_stack_ptr;
3091             error("include file '%s' not found", buf);
3092             break;
3093         found:
3094 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
3095             printf("%s: including %s\n", file->filename, buf1);
3096 #endif
3097             f->inc_type = c;
3098             pstrcpy(f->inc_filename, sizeof(f->inc_filename), buf);
3099             file = f;
3100             /* add include file debug info */
3101             if (do_debug) {
3102                 put_stabs(file->filename, N_BINCL, 0, 0, 0);
3103             }
3104             tok_flags |= TOK_FLAG_BOF | TOK_FLAG_BOL;
3105             ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
3106             goto the_end;
3107         }
3108         break;
3109     case TOK_IFNDEF:
3110         c = 1;
3111         goto do_ifdef;
3112     case TOK_IF:
3113         c = expr_preprocess();
3114         goto do_if;
3115     case TOK_IFDEF:
3116         c = 0;
3117     do_ifdef:
3118         next_nomacro();
3119         if (tok < TOK_IDENT)
3120             error("invalid argument for '#if%sdef'", c ? "n" : "");
3121         if (is_bof) {
3122             if (c) {
3123 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
3124                 printf("#ifndef %s\n", get_tok_str(tok, NULL));
3125 #endif
3126                 file->ifndef_macro = tok;
3127             }
3128         }
3129         c = (define_find(tok) != 0) ^ c;
3130     do_if:
3131         if (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr >= s1->ifdef_stack + IFDEF_STACK_SIZE)
3132             error("memory full");
3133         *s1->ifdef_stack_ptr++ = c;
3134         goto test_skip;
3135     case TOK_ELSE:
3136         if (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr == s1->ifdef_stack)
3137             error("#else without matching #if");
3138         if (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr[-1] & 2)
3139             error("#else after #else");
3140         c = (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr[-1] ^= 3);
3141         goto test_skip;
3142     case TOK_ELIF:
3143         if (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr == s1->ifdef_stack)
3144             error("#elif without matching #if");
3145         c = s1->ifdef_stack_ptr[-1];
3146         if (c > 1)
3147             error("#elif after #else");
3148         /* last #if/#elif expression was true: we skip */
3149         if (c == 1)
3150             goto skip;
3151         c = expr_preprocess();
3152         s1->ifdef_stack_ptr[-1] = c;
3153     test_skip:
3154         if (!(c & 1)) {
3155         skip:
3156             preprocess_skip();
3157             is_bof = 0;
3158             goto redo;
3159         }
3160         break;
3161     case TOK_ENDIF:
3162         if (s1->ifdef_stack_ptr <= file->ifdef_stack_ptr)
3163             error("#endif without matching #if");
3164         s1->ifdef_stack_ptr--;
3165         /* '#ifndef macro' was at the start of file. Now we check if
3166            an '#endif' is exactly at the end of file */
3167         if (file->ifndef_macro &&
3168             s1->ifdef_stack_ptr == file->ifdef_stack_ptr) {
3169             file->ifndef_macro_saved = file->ifndef_macro;
3170             /* need to set to zero to avoid false matches if another
3171                #ifndef at middle of file */
3172             file->ifndef_macro = 0;
3173             while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED)
3174                 next_nomacro();
3175             tok_flags |= TOK_FLAG_ENDIF;
3176             goto the_end;
3177         }
3178         break;
3179     case TOK_LINE:
3180         next();
3181         if (tok != TOK_CINT)
3182             error("#line");
3183         file->line_num = tokc.i - 1; /* the line number will be incremented after */
3184         next();
3185         if (tok != TOK_LINEFEED) {
3186             if (tok != TOK_STR)
3187                 error("#line");
3188             pstrcpy(file->filename, sizeof(file->filename),
3189                     (char *)tokc.cstr->data);
3190         }
3191         break;
3192     case TOK_ERROR:
3193     case TOK_WARNING:
3194         c = tok;
3195         ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
3196         skip_spaces();
3197         q = buf;
3198         while (ch != '\n' && ch != CH_EOF) {
3199             if ((q - buf) < sizeof(buf) - 1)
3200                 *q++ = ch;
3201             if (ch == '\\') {
3202                 if (handle_stray_noerror() == 0)
3203                     --q;
3204             } else
3205                 inp();
3206         }
3207         *q = '\0';
3208         if (c == TOK_ERROR)
3209             error("#error %s", buf);
3210         else
3211             warning("#warning %s", buf);
3212         break;
3213     case TOK_PRAGMA:
3214         pragma_parse(s1);
3215         break;
3216     default:
3217         if (tok == TOK_LINEFEED || tok == '!' || tok == TOK_CINT) {
3218             /* '!' is ignored to allow C scripts. numbers are ignored
3219                to emulate cpp behaviour */
3220         } else {
3221             if (!(saved_parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_ASM_COMMENTS))
3222                 warning("Ignoring unknown preprocessing directive #%s", get_tok_str(tok, &tokc));
3223         }
3224         break;
3225     }
3226     /* ignore other preprocess commands or #! for C scripts */
3227     while (tok != TOK_LINEFEED)
3228         next_nomacro();
3229  the_end:
3230     parse_flags = saved_parse_flags;
3231 }
3232
3233 /* evaluate escape codes in a string. */
3234 static void parse_escape_string(CString *outstr, const uint8_t *buf, int is_long)
3235 {
3236     int c, n;
3237     const uint8_t *p;
3238
3239     p = buf;
3240     for(;;) {
3241         c = *p;
3242         if (c == '\0')
3243             break;
3244         if (c == '\\') {
3245             p++;
3246             /* escape */
3247             c = *p;
3248             switch(c) {
3249             case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3':
3250             case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7':
3251                 /* at most three octal digits */
3252                 n = c - '0';
3253                 p++;
3254                 c = *p;
3255                 if (isoct(c)) {
3256                     n = n * 8 + c - '0';
3257                     p++;
3258                     c = *p;
3259                     if (isoct(c)) {
3260                         n = n * 8 + c - '0';
3261                         p++;
3262                     }
3263                 }
3264                 c = n;
3265                 goto add_char_nonext;
3266             case 'x':
3267             case 'u':
3268             case 'U':
3269                 p++;
3270                 n = 0;
3271                 for(;;) {
3272                     c = *p;
3273                     if (c >= 'a' && c <= 'f')
3274                         c = c - 'a' + 10;
3275                     else if (c >= 'A' && c <= 'F')
3276                         c = c - 'A' + 10;
3277                     else if (isnum(c))
3278                         c = c - '0';
3279                     else
3280                         break;
3281                     n = n * 16 + c;
3282                     p++;
3283                 }
3284                 c = n;
3285                 goto add_char_nonext;
3286             case 'a':
3287                 c = '\a';
3288                 break;
3289             case 'b':
3290                 c = '\b';
3291                 break;
3292             case 'f':
3293                 c = '\f';
3294                 break;
3295             case 'n':
3296                 c = '\n';
3297                 break;
3298             case 'r':
3299                 c = '\r';
3300                 break;
3301             case 't':
3302                 c = '\t';
3303                 break;
3304             case 'v':
3305                 c = '\v';
3306                 break;
3307             case 'e':
3308                 if (!gnu_ext)
3309                     goto invalid_escape;
3310                 c = 27;
3311                 break;
3312             case '\'':
3313             case '\"':
3314             case '\\':
3315             case '?':
3316                 break;
3317             default:
3318             invalid_escape:
3319                 if (c >= '!' && c <= '~')
3320                     warning("unknown escape sequence: \'\\%c\'", c);
3321                 else
3322                     warning("unknown escape sequence: \'\\x%x\'", c);
3323                 break;
3324             }
3325         }
3326         p++;
3327     add_char_nonext:
3328         if (!is_long)
3329             cstr_ccat(outstr, c);
3330         else
3331             cstr_wccat(outstr, c);
3332     }
3333     /* add a trailing '\0' */
3334     if (!is_long)
3335         cstr_ccat(outstr, '\0');
3336     else
3337         cstr_wccat(outstr, '\0');
3338 }
3339
3340 /* we use 64 bit numbers */
3341 #define BN_SIZE 2
3342
3343 /* bn = (bn << shift) | or_val */
3344 void bn_lshift(unsigned int *bn, int shift, int or_val)
3345 {
3346     int i;
3347     unsigned int v;
3348     for(i=0;i<BN_SIZE;i++) {
3349         v = bn[i];
3350         bn[i] = (v << shift) | or_val;
3351         or_val = v >> (32 - shift);
3352     }
3353 }
3354
3355 void bn_zero(unsigned int *bn)
3356 {
3357     int i;
3358     for(i=0;i<BN_SIZE;i++) {
3359         bn[i] = 0;
3360     }
3361 }
3362
3363 /* parse number in null terminated string 'p' and return it in the
3364    current token */
3365 void parse_number(const char *p)
3366 {
3367     int b, t, shift, frac_bits, s, exp_val, ch;
3368     char *q;
3369     unsigned int bn[BN_SIZE];
3370     double d;
3371
3372     /* number */
3373     q = token_buf;
3374     ch = *p++;
3375     t = ch;
3376     ch = *p++;
3377     *q++ = t;
3378     b = 10;
3379     if (t == '.') {
3380         goto float_frac_parse;
3381     } else if (t == '0') {
3382         if (ch == 'x' || ch == 'X') {
3383             q--;
3384             ch = *p++;
3385             b = 16;
3386         } else if (tcc_ext && (ch == 'b' || ch == 'B')) {
3387             q--;
3388             ch = *p++;
3389             b = 2;
3390         }
3391     }
3392     /* parse all digits. cannot check octal numbers at this stage
3393        because of floating point constants */
3394     while (1) {
3395         if (ch >= 'a' && ch <= 'f')
3396             t = ch - 'a' + 10;
3397         else if (ch >= 'A' && ch <= 'F')
3398             t = ch - 'A' + 10;
3399         else if (isnum(ch))
3400             t = ch - '0';
3401         else
3402             break;
3403         if (t >= b)
3404             break;
3405         if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE) {
3406         num_too_long:
3407             error("number too long");
3408         }
3409         *q++ = ch;
3410         ch = *p++;
3411     }
3412     if (ch == '.' ||
3413         ((ch == 'e' || ch == 'E') && b == 10) ||
3414         ((ch == 'p' || ch == 'P') && (b == 16 || b == 2))) {
3415         if (b != 10) {
3416             /* NOTE: strtox should support that for hexa numbers, but
3417                non ISOC99 libcs do not support it, so we prefer to do
3418                it by hand */
3419             /* hexadecimal or binary floats */
3420             /* XXX: handle overflows */
3421             *q = '\0';
3422             if (b == 16)
3423                 shift = 4;
3424             else
3425                 shift = 2;
3426             bn_zero(bn);
3427             q = token_buf;
3428             while (1) {
3429                 t = *q++;
3430                 if (t == '\0') {
3431                     break;
3432                 } else if (t >= 'a') {
3433                     t = t - 'a' + 10;
3434                 } else if (t >= 'A') {
3435                     t = t - 'A' + 10;
3436                 } else {
3437                     t = t - '0';
3438                 }
3439                 bn_lshift(bn, shift, t);
3440             }
3441             frac_bits = 0;
3442             if (ch == '.') {
3443                 ch = *p++;
3444                 while (1) {
3445                     t = ch;
3446                     if (t >= 'a' && t <= 'f') {
3447                         t = t - 'a' + 10;
3448                     } else if (t >= 'A' && t <= 'F') {
3449                         t = t - 'A' + 10;
3450                     } else if (t >= '0' && t <= '9') {
3451                         t = t - '0';
3452                     } else {
3453                         break;
3454                     }
3455                     if (t >= b)
3456                         error("invalid digit");
3457                     bn_lshift(bn, shift, t);
3458                     frac_bits += shift;
3459                     ch = *p++;
3460                 }
3461             }
3462             if (ch != 'p' && ch != 'P')
3463                 expect("exponent");
3464             ch = *p++;
3465             s = 1;
3466             exp_val = 0;
3467             if (ch == '+') {
3468                 ch = *p++;
3469             } else if (ch == '-') {
3470                 s = -1;
3471                 ch = *p++;
3472             }
3473             if (ch < '0' || ch > '9')
3474                 expect("exponent digits");
3475             while (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9') {
3476                 exp_val = exp_val * 10 + ch - '0';
3477                 ch = *p++;
3478             }
3479             exp_val = exp_val * s;
3480
3481             /* now we can generate the number */
3482             /* XXX: should patch directly float number */
3483             d = (double)bn[1] * 4294967296.0 + (double)bn[0];
3484             d = ldexp(d, exp_val - frac_bits);
3485             t = toup(ch);
3486             if (t == 'F') {
3487                 ch = *p++;
3488                 tok = TOK_CFLOAT;
3489                 /* float : should handle overflow */
3490                 tokc.f = (float)d;
3491             } else if (t == 'L') {
3492                 ch = *p++;
3493                 tok = TOK_CLDOUBLE;
3494                 /* XXX: not large enough */
3495                 tokc.ld = (long double)d;
3496             } else {
3497                 tok = TOK_CDOUBLE;
3498                 tokc.d = d;
3499             }
3500         } else {
3501             /* decimal floats */
3502             if (ch == '.') {
3503                 if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE)
3504                     goto num_too_long;
3505                 *q++ = ch;
3506                 ch = *p++;
3507             float_frac_parse:
3508                 while (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9') {
3509                     if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE)
3510                         goto num_too_long;
3511                     *q++ = ch;
3512                     ch = *p++;
3513                 }
3514             }
3515             if (ch == 'e' || ch == 'E') {
3516                 if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE)
3517                     goto num_too_long;
3518                 *q++ = ch;
3519                 ch = *p++;
3520                 if (ch == '-' || ch == '+') {
3521                     if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE)
3522                         goto num_too_long;
3523                     *q++ = ch;
3524                     ch = *p++;
3525                 }
3526                 if (ch < '0' || ch > '9')
3527                     expect("exponent digits");
3528                 while (ch >= '0' && ch <= '9') {
3529                     if (q >= token_buf + STRING_MAX_SIZE)
3530                         goto num_too_long;
3531                     *q++ = ch;
3532                     ch = *p++;
3533                 }
3534             }
3535             *q = '\0';
3536             t = toup(ch);
3537             errno = 0;
3538             if (t == 'F') {
3539                 ch = *p++;
3540                 tok = TOK_CFLOAT;
3541                 tokc.f = strtof(token_buf, NULL);
3542             } else if (t == 'L') {
3543                 ch = *p++;
3544                 tok = TOK_CLDOUBLE;
3545                 tokc.ld = strtold(token_buf, NULL);
3546             } else {
3547                 tok = TOK_CDOUBLE;
3548                 tokc.d = strtod(token_buf, NULL);
3549             }
3550         }
3551     } else {
3552         unsigned long long n, n1;
3553         int lcount, ucount;
3554
3555         /* integer number */
3556         *q = '\0';
3557         q = token_buf;
3558         if (b == 10 && *q == '0') {
3559             b = 8;
3560             q++;
3561         }
3562         n = 0;
3563         while(1) {
3564             t = *q++;
3565             /* no need for checks except for base 10 / 8 errors */
3566             if (t == '\0') {
3567                 break;
3568             } else if (t >= 'a') {
3569                 t = t - 'a' + 10;
3570             } else if (t >= 'A') {
3571                 t = t - 'A' + 10;
3572             } else {
3573                 t = t - '0';
3574                 if (t >= b)
3575                     error("invalid digit");
3576             }
3577             n1 = n;
3578             n = n * b + t;
3579             /* detect overflow */
3580             /* XXX: this test is not reliable */
3581             if (n < n1)
3582                 error("integer constant overflow");
3583         }
3584
3585         /* XXX: not exactly ANSI compliant */
3586         if ((n & 0xffffffff00000000LL) != 0) {
3587             if ((n >> 63) != 0)
3588                 tok = TOK_CULLONG;
3589             else
3590                 tok = TOK_CLLONG;
3591         } else if (n > 0x7fffffff) {
3592             tok = TOK_CUINT;
3593         } else {
3594             tok = TOK_CINT;
3595         }
3596         lcount = 0;
3597         ucount = 0;
3598         for(;;) {
3599             t = toup(ch);
3600             if (t == 'L') {
3601                 if (lcount >= 2)
3602                     error("three 'l's in integer constant");
3603                 lcount++;
3604                 if (lcount == 2) {
3605                     if (tok == TOK_CINT)
3606                         tok = TOK_CLLONG;
3607                     else if (tok == TOK_CUINT)
3608                         tok = TOK_CULLONG;
3609                 }
3610                 ch = *p++;
3611             } else if (t == 'U') {
3612                 if (ucount >= 1)
3613                     error("two 'u's in integer constant");
3614                 ucount++;
3615                 if (tok == TOK_CINT)
3616                     tok = TOK_CUINT;
3617                 else if (tok == TOK_CLLONG)
3618                     tok = TOK_CULLONG;
3619                 ch = *p++;
3620             } else {
3621                 break;
3622             }
3623         }
3624         if (tok == TOK_CINT || tok == TOK_CUINT)
3625             tokc.ui = n;
3626         else
3627             tokc.ull = n;
3628     }
3629 }
3630
3631
3632 #define PARSE2(c1, tok1, c2, tok2)              \
3633     case c1:                                    \
3634         PEEKC(c, p);                            \
3635         if (c == c2) {                          \
3636             p++;                                \
3637             tok = tok2;                         \
3638         } else {                                \
3639             tok = tok1;                         \
3640         }                                       \
3641         break;
3642
3643 /* return next token without macro substitution */
3644 static inline void next_nomacro1(void)
3645 {
3646     int t, c, is_long;
3647     TokenSym *ts;
3648     uint8_t *p, *p1;
3649     unsigned int h;
3650
3651     p = file->buf_ptr;
3652  redo_no_start:
3653     c = *p;
3654     switch(c) {
3655     case ' ':
3656     case '\t':
3657     case '\f':
3658     case '\v':
3659     case '\r':
3660         p++;
3661         goto redo_no_start;
3662
3663     case '\\':
3664         /* first look if it is in fact an end of buffer */
3665         if (p >= file->buf_end) {
3666             file->buf_ptr = p;
3667             handle_eob();
3668             p = file->buf_ptr;
3669             if (p >= file->buf_end)
3670                 goto parse_eof;
3671             else
3672                 goto redo_no_start;
3673         } else {
3674             file->buf_ptr = p;
3675             ch = *p;
3676             handle_stray();
3677             p = file->buf_ptr;
3678             goto redo_no_start;
3679         }
3680     parse_eof:
3681         {
3682             TCCState *s1 = tcc_state;
3683             if ((parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_LINEFEED)
3684                 && !(tok_flags & TOK_FLAG_EOF)) {
3685                 tok_flags |= TOK_FLAG_EOF;
3686                 tok = TOK_LINEFEED;
3687                 goto keep_tok_flags;
3688             } else if (s1->include_stack_ptr == s1->include_stack ||
3689                        !(parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS)) {
3690                 /* no include left : end of file. */
3691                 tok = TOK_EOF;
3692             } else {
3693                 tok_flags &= ~TOK_FLAG_EOF;
3694                 /* pop include file */
3695
3696                 /* test if previous '#endif' was after a #ifdef at
3697                    start of file */
3698                 if (tok_flags & TOK_FLAG_ENDIF) {
3699 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
3700                     printf("#endif %s\n", get_tok_str(file->ifndef_macro_saved, NULL));
3701 #endif
3702                     add_cached_include(s1, file->inc_type, file->inc_filename,
3703                                        file->ifndef_macro_saved);
3704                 }
3705
3706                 /* add end of include file debug info */
3707                 if (do_debug) {
3708                     put_stabd(N_EINCL, 0, 0);
3709                 }
3710                 /* pop include stack */
3711                 tcc_close(file);
3712                 s1->include_stack_ptr--;
3713                 file = *s1->include_stack_ptr;
3714                 p = file->buf_ptr;
3715                 goto redo_no_start;
3716             }
3717         }
3718         break;
3719
3720     case '\n':
3721         file->line_num++;
3722         tok_flags |= TOK_FLAG_BOL;
3723         p++;
3724         if (0 == (parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_LINEFEED))
3725             goto redo_no_start;
3726         tok = TOK_LINEFEED;
3727         goto keep_tok_flags;
3728
3729     case '#':
3730         /* XXX: simplify */
3731         PEEKC(c, p);
3732         if ((tok_flags & TOK_FLAG_BOL) &&
3733             (parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS)) {
3734             file->buf_ptr = p;
3735             preprocess(tok_flags & TOK_FLAG_BOF);
3736             p = file->buf_ptr;
3737             goto redo_no_start;
3738         } else {
3739             if (c == '#') {
3740                 p++;
3741                 tok = TOK_TWOSHARPS;
3742             } else {
3743                 if (parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_ASM_COMMENTS) {
3744                     p = parse_line_comment(p - 1);
3745                     goto redo_no_start;
3746                 } else {
3747                     tok = '#';
3748                 }
3749             }
3750         }
3751         break;
3752
3753     case 'a': case 'b': case 'c': case 'd':
3754     case 'e': case 'f': case 'g': case 'h':
3755     case 'i': case 'j': case 'k': case 'l':
3756     case 'm': case 'n': case 'o': case 'p':
3757     case 'q': case 'r': case 's': case 't':
3758     case 'u': case 'v': case 'w': case 'x':
3759     case 'y': case 'z':
3760     case 'A': case 'B': case 'C': case 'D':
3761     case 'E': case 'F': case 'G': case 'H':
3762     case 'I': case 'J': case 'K':
3763     case 'M': case 'N': case 'O': case 'P':
3764     case 'Q': case 'R': case 'S': case 'T':
3765     case 'U': case 'V': case 'W': case 'X':
3766     case 'Y': case 'Z':
3767     case '_':
3768     parse_ident_fast:
3769         p1 = p;
3770         h = TOK_HASH_INIT;
3771         h = TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, c);
3772         p++;
3773         for(;;) {
3774             c = *p;
3775             if (!isidnum_table[c-CH_EOF])
3776                 break;
3777             h = TOK_HASH_FUNC(h, c);
3778             p++;
3779         }
3780         if (c != '\\') {
3781             TokenSym **pts;
3782             int len;
3783
3784             /* fast case : no stray found, so we have the full token
3785                and we have already hashed it */
3786             len = p - p1;
3787             h &= (TOK_HASH_SIZE - 1);
3788             pts = &hash_ident[h];
3789             for(;;) {
3790                 ts = *pts;
3791                 if (!ts)
3792                     break;
3793                 if (ts->len == len && !memcmp(ts->str, p1, len))
3794                     goto token_found;
3795                 pts = &(ts->hash_next);
3796             }
3797             ts = tok_alloc_new(pts, p1, len);
3798         token_found: ;
3799         } else {
3800             /* slower case */
3801             cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
3802
3803             while (p1 < p) {
3804                 cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, *p1);
3805                 p1++;
3806             }
3807             p--;
3808             PEEKC(c, p);
3809         parse_ident_slow:
3810             while (isidnum_table[c-CH_EOF]) {
3811                 cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, c);
3812                 PEEKC(c, p);
3813             }
3814             ts = tok_alloc(tokcstr.data, tokcstr.size);
3815         }
3816         tok = ts->tok;
3817         break;
3818     case 'L':
3819         t = p[1];
3820         if (t != '\\' && t != '\'' && t != '\"') {
3821             /* fast case */
3822             goto parse_ident_fast;
3823         } else {
3824             PEEKC(c, p);
3825             if (c == '\'' || c == '\"') {
3826                 is_long = 1;
3827                 goto str_const;
3828             } else {
3829                 cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
3830                 cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, 'L');
3831                 goto parse_ident_slow;
3832             }
3833         }
3834         break;
3835     case '0': case '1': case '2': case '3':
3836     case '4': case '5': case '6': case '7':
3837     case '8': case '9':
3838
3839         cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
3840         /* after the first digit, accept digits, alpha, '.' or sign if
3841            prefixed by 'eEpP' */
3842     parse_num:
3843         for(;;) {
3844             t = c;
3845             cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, c);
3846             PEEKC(c, p);
3847             if (!(isnum(c) || isid(c) || c == '.' ||
3848                   ((c == '+' || c == '-') &&
3849                    (t == 'e' || t == 'E' || t == 'p' || t == 'P'))))
3850                 break;
3851         }
3852         /* We add a trailing '\0' to ease parsing */
3853         cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, '\0');
3854         tokc.cstr = &tokcstr;
3855         tok = TOK_PPNUM;
3856         break;
3857     case '.':
3858         /* special dot handling because it can also start a number */
3859         PEEKC(c, p);
3860         if (isnum(c)) {
3861             cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
3862             cstr_ccat(&tokcstr, '.');
3863             goto parse_num;
3864         } else if (c == '.') {
3865             PEEKC(c, p);
3866             if (c != '.')
3867                 expect("'.'");
3868             PEEKC(c, p);
3869             tok = TOK_DOTS;
3870         } else {
3871             tok = '.';
3872         }
3873         break;
3874     case '\'':
3875     case '\"':
3876         is_long = 0;
3877     str_const:
3878         {
3879             CString str;
3880             int sep;
3881
3882             sep = c;
3883
3884             /* parse the string */
3885             cstr_new(&str);
3886             p = parse_pp_string(p, sep, &str);
3887             cstr_ccat(&str, '\0');
3888
3889             /* eval the escape (should be done as TOK_PPNUM) */
3890             cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
3891             parse_escape_string(&tokcstr, str.data, is_long);
3892             cstr_free(&str);
3893
3894             if (sep == '\'') {
3895                 int char_size;
3896                 /* XXX: make it portable */
3897                 if (!is_long)
3898                     char_size = 1;
3899                 else
3900                     char_size = sizeof(nwchar_t);
3901                 if (tokcstr.size <= char_size)
3902                     error("empty character constant");
3903                 if (tokcstr.size > 2 * char_size)
3904                     warning("multi-character character constant");
3905                 if (!is_long) {
3906                     tokc.i = *(int8_t *)tokcstr.data;
3907                     tok = TOK_CCHAR;
3908                 } else {
3909                     tokc.i = *(nwchar_t *)tokcstr.data;
3910                     tok = TOK_LCHAR;
3911                 }
3912             } else {
3913                 tokc.cstr = &tokcstr;
3914                 if (!is_long)
3915                     tok = TOK_STR;
3916                 else
3917                     tok = TOK_LSTR;
3918             }
3919         }
3920         break;
3921
3922     case '<':
3923         PEEKC(c, p);
3924         if (c == '=') {
3925             p++;
3926             tok = TOK_LE;
3927         } else if (c == '<') {
3928             PEEKC(c, p);
3929             if (c == '=') {
3930                 p++;
3931                 tok = TOK_A_SHL;
3932             } else {
3933                 tok = TOK_SHL;
3934             }
3935         } else {
3936             tok = TOK_LT;
3937         }
3938         break;
3939
3940     case '>':
3941         PEEKC(c, p);
3942         if (c == '=') {
3943             p++;
3944             tok = TOK_GE;
3945         } else if (c == '>') {
3946             PEEKC(c, p);
3947             if (c == '=') {
3948                 p++;
3949                 tok = TOK_A_SAR;
3950             } else {
3951                 tok = TOK_SAR;
3952             }
3953         } else {
3954             tok = TOK_GT;
3955         }
3956         break;
3957
3958     case '&':
3959         PEEKC(c, p);
3960         if (c == '&') {
3961             p++;
3962             tok = TOK_LAND;
3963         } else if (c == '=') {
3964             p++;
3965             tok = TOK_A_AND;
3966         } else {
3967             tok = '&';
3968         }
3969         break;
3970
3971     case '|':
3972         PEEKC(c, p);
3973         if (c == '|') {
3974             p++;
3975             tok = TOK_LOR;
3976         } else if (c == '=') {
3977             p++;
3978             tok = TOK_A_OR;
3979         } else {
3980             tok = '|';
3981         }
3982         break;
3983
3984     case '+':
3985         PEEKC(c, p);
3986         if (c == '+') {
3987             p++;
3988             tok = TOK_INC;
3989         } else if (c == '=') {
3990             p++;
3991             tok = TOK_A_ADD;
3992         } else {
3993             tok = '+';
3994         }
3995         break;
3996
3997     case '-':
3998         PEEKC(c, p);
3999         if (c == '-') {
4000             p++;
4001             tok = TOK_DEC;
4002         } else if (c == '=') {
4003             p++;
4004             tok = TOK_A_SUB;
4005         } else if (c == '>') {
4006             p++;
4007             tok = TOK_ARROW;
4008         } else {
4009             tok = '-';
4010         }
4011         break;
4012
4013     PARSE2('!', '!', '=', TOK_NE)
4014     PARSE2('=', '=', '=', TOK_EQ)
4015     PARSE2('*', '*', '=', TOK_A_MUL)
4016     PARSE2('%', '%', '=', TOK_A_MOD)
4017     PARSE2('^', '^', '=', TOK_A_XOR)
4018
4019         /* comments or operator */
4020     case '/':
4021         PEEKC(c, p);
4022         if (c == '*') {
4023             p = parse_comment(p);
4024             goto redo_no_start;
4025         } else if (c == '/') {
4026             p = parse_line_comment(p);
4027             goto redo_no_start;
4028         } else if (c == '=') {
4029             p++;
4030             tok = TOK_A_DIV;
4031         } else {
4032             tok = '/';
4033         }
4034         break;
4035
4036         /* simple tokens */
4037     case '(':
4038     case ')':
4039     case '[':
4040     case ']':
4041     case '{':
4042     case '}':
4043     case ',':
4044     case ';':
4045     case ':':
4046     case '?':
4047     case '~':
4048     case '$': /* only used in assembler */
4049     case '@': /* dito */
4050         tok = c;
4051         p++;
4052         break;
4053     default:
4054         error("unrecognized character \\x%02x", c);
4055         break;
4056     }
4057     tok_flags = 0;
4058 keep_tok_flags:
4059     file->buf_ptr = p;
4060 #if defined(PARSE_DEBUG)
4061     printf("token = %s\n", get_tok_str(tok, &tokc));
4062 #endif
4063 }
4064
4065 /* return next token without macro substitution. Can read input from
4066    macro_ptr buffer */
4067 static void next_nomacro(void)
4068 {
4069     if (macro_ptr) {
4070     redo:
4071         tok = *macro_ptr;
4072         if (tok) {
4073             TOK_GET(tok, macro_ptr, tokc);
4074             if (tok == TOK_LINENUM) {
4075                 file->line_num = tokc.i;
4076                 goto redo;
4077             }
4078         }
4079     } else {
4080         next_nomacro1();
4081     }
4082 }
4083
4084 /* substitute args in macro_str and return allocated string */
4085 static int *macro_arg_subst(Sym **nested_list, int *macro_str, Sym *args)
4086 {
4087     int *st, last_tok, t, notfirst;
4088     Sym *s;
4089     CValue cval;
4090     TokenString str;
4091     CString cstr;
4092
4093     tok_str_new(&str);
4094     last_tok = 0;
4095     while(1) {
4096         TOK_GET(t, macro_str, cval);
4097         if (!t)
4098             break;
4099         if (t == '#') {
4100             /* stringize */
4101             TOK_GET(t, macro_str, cval);
4102             if (!t)
4103                 break;
4104             s = sym_find2(args, t);
4105             if (s) {
4106                 cstr_new(&cstr);
4107                 st = (int *)s->c;
4108                 notfirst = 0;
4109                 while (*st) {
4110                     if (notfirst)
4111                         cstr_ccat(&cstr, ' ');
4112                     TOK_GET(t, st, cval);
4113                     cstr_cat(&cstr, get_tok_str(t, &cval));
4114 #ifndef PP_NOSPACES
4115                     notfirst = 1;
4116 #endif
4117                 }
4118                 cstr_ccat(&cstr, '\0');
4119 #ifdef PP_DEBUG
4120                 printf("stringize: %s\n", (char *)cstr.data);
4121 #endif
4122                 /* add string */
4123                 cval.cstr = &cstr;
4124                 tok_str_add2(&str, TOK_STR, &cval);
4125                 cstr_free(&cstr);
4126             } else {
4127                 tok_str_add2(&str, t, &cval);
4128             }
4129         } else if (t >= TOK_IDENT) {
4130             s = sym_find2(args, t);
4131             if (s) {
4132                 st = (int *)s->c;
4133                 /* if '##' is present before or after, no arg substitution */
4134                 if (*macro_str == TOK_TWOSHARPS || last_tok == TOK_TWOSHARPS) {
4135                     /* special case for var arg macros : ## eats the
4136                        ',' if empty VA_ARGS variable. */
4137                     /* XXX: test of the ',' is not 100%
4138                        reliable. should fix it to avoid security
4139                        problems */
4140                     if (gnu_ext && s->type.t &&
4141                         last_tok == TOK_TWOSHARPS &&
4142                         str.len >= 2 && str.str[str.len - 2] == ',') {
4143                         if (*st == 0) {
4144                             /* suppress ',' '##' */
4145                             str.len -= 2;
4146                         } else {
4147                             /* suppress '##' and add variable */
4148                             str.len--;
4149                             goto add_var;
4150                         }
4151                     } else {
4152                         int t1;
4153                     add_var:
4154                         for(;;) {
4155                             TOK_GET(t1, st, cval);
4156                             if (!t1)
4157                                 break;
4158                             tok_str_add2(&str, t1, &cval);
4159                         }
4160                     }
4161                 } else {
4162                     /* NOTE: the stream cannot be read when macro
4163                        substituing an argument */
4164                     macro_subst(&str, nested_list, st, NULL);
4165                 }
4166             } else {
4167                 tok_str_add(&str, t);
4168             }
4169         } else {
4170             tok_str_add2(&str, t, &cval);
4171         }
4172         last_tok = t;
4173     }
4174     tok_str_add(&str, 0);
4175     return str.str;
4176 }
4177
4178 static char const ab_month_name[12][4] =
4179 {
4180     "Jan", "Feb", "Mar", "Apr", "May", "Jun",
4181     "Jul", "Aug", "Sep", "Oct", "Nov", "Dec"
4182 };
4183
4184 /* do macro substitution of current token with macro 's' and add
4185    result to (tok_str,tok_len). 'nested_list' is the list of all
4186    macros we got inside to avoid recursing. Return non zero if no
4187    substitution needs to be done */
4188 static int macro_subst_tok(TokenString *tok_str,
4189                            Sym **nested_list, Sym *s, struct macro_level **can_read_stream)
4190 {
4191     Sym *args, *sa, *sa1;
4192     int mstr_allocated, parlevel, *mstr, t, t1;
4193     TokenString str;
4194     char *cstrval;
4195     CValue cval;
4196     CString cstr;
4197     char buf[32];
4198
4199     /* if symbol is a macro, prepare substitution */
4200     /* special macros */
4201     if (tok == TOK___LINE__) {
4202         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%d", file->line_num);
4203         cstrval = buf;
4204         t1 = TOK_PPNUM;
4205         goto add_cstr1;
4206     } else if (tok == TOK___FILE__) {
4207         cstrval = file->filename;
4208         goto add_cstr;
4209     } else if (tok == TOK___DATE__ || tok == TOK___TIME__) {
4210         time_t ti;
4211         struct tm *tm;
4212
4213         time(&ti);
4214         tm = localtime(&ti);
4215         if (tok == TOK___DATE__) {
4216             snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s %2d %d",
4217                      ab_month_name[tm->tm_mon], tm->tm_mday, tm->tm_year + 1900);
4218         } else {
4219             snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%02d:%02d:%02d",
4220                      tm->tm_hour, tm->tm_min, tm->tm_sec);
4221         }
4222         cstrval = buf;
4223     add_cstr:
4224         t1 = TOK_STR;
4225     add_cstr1:
4226         cstr_new(&cstr);
4227         cstr_cat(&cstr, cstrval);
4228         cstr_ccat(&cstr, '\0');
4229         cval.cstr = &cstr;
4230         tok_str_add2(tok_str, t1, &cval);
4231         cstr_free(&cstr);
4232     } else {
4233         mstr = (int *)s->c;
4234         mstr_allocated = 0;
4235         if (s->type.t == MACRO_FUNC) {
4236             /* NOTE: we do not use next_nomacro to avoid eating the
4237                next token. XXX: find better solution */
4238         redo:
4239             if (macro_ptr) {
4240                 t = *macro_ptr;
4241                 if (t == 0 && can_read_stream) {
4242                     /* end of macro stream: we must look at the token
4243                        after in the file */
4244                     struct macro_level *ml = *can_read_stream;
4245                     macro_ptr = NULL;
4246                     if (ml)
4247                     {
4248                         macro_ptr = ml->p;
4249                         ml->p = NULL;
4250                         *can_read_stream = ml -> prev;
4251                     }
4252                     goto redo;
4253                 }
4254             } else {
4255                 /* XXX: incorrect with comments */
4256                 ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
4257                 while (is_space(ch) || ch == '\n')
4258                     cinp();
4259                 t = ch;
4260             }
4261             if (t != '(') /* no macro subst */
4262                 return -1;
4263
4264             /* argument macro */
4265             next_nomacro();
4266             next_nomacro();
4267             args = NULL;
4268             sa = s->next;
4269             /* NOTE: empty args are allowed, except if no args */
4270             for(;;) {
4271                 /* handle '()' case */
4272                 if (!args && !sa && tok == ')')
4273                     break;
4274                 if (!sa)
4275                     error("macro '%s' used with too many args",
4276                           get_tok_str(s->v, 0));
4277                 tok_str_new(&str);
4278                 parlevel = 0;
4279                 /* NOTE: non zero sa->t indicates VA_ARGS */
4280                 while ((parlevel > 0 ||
4281                         (tok != ')' &&
4282                          (tok != ',' || sa->type.t))) &&
4283                        tok != -1) {
4284                     if (tok == '(')
4285                         parlevel++;
4286                     else if (tok == ')')
4287                         parlevel--;
4288                     if (tok != TOK_LINEFEED)
4289                         tok_str_add2(&str, tok, &tokc);
4290                     next_nomacro();
4291                 }
4292                 tok_str_add(&str, 0);
4293                 sym_push2(&args, sa->v & ~SYM_FIELD, sa->type.t, (int)str.str);
4294                 sa = sa->next;
4295                 if (tok == ')') {
4296                     /* special case for gcc var args: add an empty
4297                        var arg argument if it is omitted */
4298                     if (sa && sa->type.t && gnu_ext)
4299                         continue;
4300                     else
4301                         break;
4302                 }
4303                 if (tok != ',')
4304                     expect(",");
4305                 next_nomacro();
4306             }
4307             if (sa) {
4308                 error("macro '%s' used with too few args",
4309                       get_tok_str(s->v, 0));
4310             }
4311
4312             /* now subst each arg */
4313             mstr = macro_arg_subst(nested_list, mstr, args);
4314             /* free memory */
4315             sa = args;
4316             while (sa) {
4317                 sa1 = sa->prev;
4318                 tok_str_free((int *)sa->c);
4319                 sym_free(sa);
4320                 sa = sa1;
4321             }
4322             mstr_allocated = 1;
4323         }
4324         sym_push2(nested_list, s->v, 0, 0);
4325         macro_subst(tok_str, nested_list, mstr, can_read_stream);
4326         /* pop nested defined symbol */
4327         sa1 = *nested_list;
4328         *nested_list = sa1->prev;
4329         sym_free(sa1);
4330         if (mstr_allocated)
4331             tok_str_free(mstr);
4332     }
4333     return 0;
4334 }
4335
4336 /* handle the '##' operator. Return NULL if no '##' seen. Otherwise
4337    return the resulting string (which must be freed). */
4338 static inline int *macro_twosharps(const int *macro_str)
4339 {
4340     TokenSym *ts;
4341     const int *macro_ptr1, *start_macro_ptr, *ptr, *saved_macro_ptr;
4342     int t;
4343     const char *p1, *p2;
4344     CValue cval;
4345     TokenString macro_str1;
4346     CString cstr;
4347
4348     start_macro_ptr = macro_str;
4349     /* we search the first '##' */
4350     for(;;) {
4351         macro_ptr1 = macro_str;
4352         TOK_GET(t, macro_str, cval);
4353         /* nothing more to do if end of string */
4354         if (t == 0)
4355             return NULL;
4356         if (*macro_str == TOK_TWOSHARPS)
4357             break;
4358     }
4359
4360     /* we saw '##', so we need more processing to handle it */
4361     cstr_new(&cstr);
4362     tok_str_new(&macro_str1);
4363     tok = t;
4364     tokc = cval;
4365
4366     /* add all tokens seen so far */
4367     for(ptr = start_macro_ptr; ptr < macro_ptr1;) {
4368         TOK_GET(t, ptr, cval);
4369         tok_str_add2(&macro_str1, t, &cval);
4370     }
4371     saved_macro_ptr = macro_ptr;
4372     /* XXX: get rid of the use of macro_ptr here */
4373     macro_ptr = (int *)macro_str;
4374     for(;;) {
4375         while (*macro_ptr == TOK_TWOSHARPS) {
4376             macro_ptr++;
4377             macro_ptr1 = macro_ptr;
4378             t = *macro_ptr;
4379             if (t) {
4380                 TOK_GET(t, macro_ptr, cval);
4381                 /* We concatenate the two tokens if we have an
4382                    identifier or a preprocessing number */
4383                 cstr_reset(&cstr);
4384                 p1 = get_tok_str(tok, &tokc);
4385                 cstr_cat(&cstr, p1);
4386                 p2 = get_tok_str(t, &cval);
4387                 cstr_cat(&cstr, p2);
4388                 cstr_ccat(&cstr, '\0');
4389
4390                 if ((tok >= TOK_IDENT || tok == TOK_PPNUM) &&
4391                     (t >= TOK_IDENT || t == TOK_PPNUM)) {
4392                     if (tok == TOK_PPNUM) {
4393                         /* if number, then create a number token */
4394                         /* NOTE: no need to allocate because
4395                            tok_str_add2() does it */
4396                         cstr_reset(&tokcstr);
4397                         tokcstr = cstr;
4398                         cstr_new(&cstr);
4399                         tokc.cstr = &tokcstr;
4400                     } else {
4401                         /* if identifier, we must do a test to
4402                            validate we have a correct identifier */
4403                         if (t == TOK_PPNUM) {
4404                             const char *p;
4405                             int c;
4406
4407                             p = p2;
4408                             for(;;) {
4409                                 c = *p;
4410                                 if (c == '\0')
4411                                     break;
4412                                 p++;
4413                                 if (!isnum(c) && !isid(c))
4414                                     goto error_pasting;
4415                             }
4416                         }
4417                         ts = tok_alloc(cstr.data, strlen(cstr.data));
4418                         tok = ts->tok; /* modify current token */
4419                     }
4420                 } else {
4421                     const char *str = cstr.data;
4422                     const unsigned char *q;
4423
4424                     /* we look for a valid token */
4425                     /* XXX: do more extensive checks */
4426                     if (!strcmp(str, ">>=")) {
4427                         tok = TOK_A_SAR;
4428                     } else if (!strcmp(str, "<<=")) {
4429                         tok = TOK_A_SHL;
4430                     } else if (strlen(str) == 2) {
4431                         /* search in two bytes table */
4432                         q = tok_two_chars;
4433                         for(;;) {
4434                             if (!*q)
4435                                 goto error_pasting;
4436                             if (q[0] == str[0] && q[1] == str[1])
4437                                 break;
4438                             q += 3;
4439                         }
4440                         tok = q[2];
4441                     } else {
4442                     error_pasting:
4443                         /* NOTE: because get_tok_str use a static buffer,
4444                            we must save it */
4445                         cstr_reset(&cstr);
4446                         p1 = get_tok_str(tok, &tokc);
4447                         cstr_cat(&cstr, p1);
4448                         cstr_ccat(&cstr, '\0');
4449                         p2 = get_tok_str(t, &cval);
4450                         warning("pasting \"%s\" and \"%s\" does not give a valid preprocessing token", cstr.data, p2);
4451                         /* cannot merge tokens: just add them separately */
4452                         tok_str_add2(&macro_str1, tok, &tokc);
4453                         /* XXX: free associated memory ? */
4454                         tok = t;
4455                         tokc = cval;
4456                     }
4457                 }
4458             }
4459         }
4460         tok_str_add2(&macro_str1, tok, &tokc);
4461         next_nomacro();
4462         if (tok == 0)
4463             break;
4464     }
4465     macro_ptr = (int *)saved_macro_ptr;
4466     cstr_free(&cstr);
4467     tok_str_add(&macro_str1, 0);
4468     return macro_str1.str;
4469 }
4470
4471
4472 /* do macro substitution of macro_str and add result to
4473    (tok_str,tok_len). 'nested_list' is the list of all macros we got
4474    inside to avoid recursing. */
4475 static void macro_subst(TokenString *tok_str, Sym **nested_list,
4476                         const int *macro_str, struct macro_level ** can_read_stream)
4477 {
4478     Sym *s;
4479     int *macro_str1;
4480     const int *ptr;
4481     int t, ret;
4482     CValue cval;
4483     struct macro_level ml;
4484
4485     /* first scan for '##' operator handling */
4486     ptr = macro_str;
4487     macro_str1 = macro_twosharps(ptr);
4488     if (macro_str1)
4489         ptr = macro_str1;
4490     while (1) {
4491         /* NOTE: ptr == NULL can only happen if tokens are read from
4492            file stream due to a macro function call */
4493         if (ptr == NULL)
4494             break;
4495         TOK_GET(t, ptr, cval);
4496         if (t == 0)
4497             break;
4498         s = define_find(t);
4499         if (s != NULL) {
4500             /* if nested substitution, do nothing */
4501             if (sym_find2(*nested_list, t))
4502                 goto no_subst;
4503             ml.p = macro_ptr;
4504             if (can_read_stream)
4505                 ml.prev = *can_read_stream, *can_read_stream = &ml;
4506             macro_ptr = (int *)ptr;
4507             tok = t;
4508             ret = macro_subst_tok(tok_str, nested_list, s, can_read_stream);
4509             ptr = (int *)macro_ptr;
4510             macro_ptr = ml.p;
4511             if (can_read_stream && *can_read_stream == &ml)
4512                 *can_read_stream = ml.prev;
4513             if (ret != 0)
4514                 goto no_subst;
4515         } else {
4516         no_subst:
4517             tok_str_add2(tok_str, t, &cval);
4518         }
4519     }
4520     if (macro_str1)
4521         tok_str_free(macro_str1);
4522 }
4523
4524 /* return next token with macro substitution */
4525 static void next(void)
4526 {
4527     Sym *nested_list, *s;
4528     TokenString str;
4529     struct macro_level *ml;
4530
4531  redo:
4532     next_nomacro();
4533     if (!macro_ptr) {
4534         /* if not reading from macro substituted string, then try
4535            to substitute macros */
4536         if (tok >= TOK_IDENT &&
4537             (parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS)) {
4538             s = define_find(tok);
4539             if (s) {
4540                 /* we have a macro: we try to substitute */
4541                 tok_str_new(&str);
4542                 nested_list = NULL;
4543                 ml = NULL;
4544                 if (macro_subst_tok(&str, &nested_list, s, &ml) == 0) {
4545                     /* substitution done, NOTE: maybe empty */
4546                     tok_str_add(&str, 0);
4547                     macro_ptr = str.str;
4548                     macro_ptr_allocated = str.str;
4549                     goto redo;
4550                 }
4551             }
4552         }
4553     } else {
4554         if (tok == 0) {
4555             /* end of macro or end of unget buffer */
4556             if (unget_buffer_enabled) {
4557                 macro_ptr = unget_saved_macro_ptr;
4558                 unget_buffer_enabled = 0;
4559             } else {
4560                 /* end of macro string: free it */
4561                 tok_str_free(macro_ptr_allocated);
4562                 macro_ptr = NULL;
4563             }
4564             goto redo;
4565         }
4566     }
4567
4568     /* convert preprocessor tokens into C tokens */
4569     if (tok == TOK_PPNUM &&
4570         (parse_flags & PARSE_FLAG_TOK_NUM)) {
4571         parse_number((char *)tokc.cstr->data);
4572     }
4573 }
4574
4575 /* push back current token and set current token to 'last_tok'. Only
4576    identifier case handled for labels. */
4577 static inline void unget_tok(int last_tok)
4578 {
4579     int i, n;
4580     int *q;
4581     unget_saved_macro_ptr = macro_ptr;
4582     unget_buffer_enabled = 1;
4583     q = unget_saved_buffer;
4584     macro_ptr = q;
4585     *q++ = tok;
4586     n = tok_ext_size(tok) - 1;
4587     for(i=0;i<n;i++)
4588         *q++ = tokc.tab[i];
4589     *q = 0; /* end of token string */
4590     tok = last_tok;
4591 }
4592
4593
4594 void swap(int *p, int *q)
4595 {
4596     int t;
4597     t = *p;
4598     *p = *q;
4599     *q = t;
4600 }
4601
4602 void vsetc(CType *type, int r, CValue *vc)
4603 {
4604     int v;
4605
4606     if (vtop >= vstack + (VSTACK_SIZE - 1))
4607         error("memory full");
4608     /* cannot let cpu flags if other instruction are generated. Also
4609        avoid leaving VT_JMP anywhere except on the top of the stack
4610        because it would complicate the code generator. */
4611     if (vtop >= vstack) {
4612         v = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
4613         if (v == VT_CMP || (v & ~1) == VT_JMP)
4614             gv(RC_INT);
4615     }
4616     vtop++;
4617     vtop->type = *type;
4618     vtop->r = r;
4619     vtop->r2 = VT_CONST;
4620     vtop->c = *vc;
4621 }
4622
4623 /* push integer constant */
4624 void vpushi(int v)
4625 {
4626     CValue cval;
4627     cval.i = v;
4628     vsetc(&int_type, VT_CONST, &cval);
4629 }
4630
4631 /* Return a static symbol pointing to a section */
4632 static Sym *get_sym_ref(CType *type, Section *sec,
4633                         unsigned long offset, unsigned long size)
4634 {
4635     int v;
4636     Sym *sym;
4637
4638     v = anon_sym++;
4639     sym = global_identifier_push(v, type->t | VT_STATIC, 0);
4640     sym->type.ref = type->ref;
4641     sym->r = VT_CONST | VT_SYM;
4642     put_extern_sym(sym, sec, offset, size);
4643     return sym;
4644 }
4645
4646 /* push a reference to a section offset by adding a dummy symbol */
4647 static void vpush_ref(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long offset, unsigned long size)
4648 {
4649     CValue cval;
4650
4651     cval.ul = 0;
4652     vsetc(type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, &cval);
4653     vtop->sym = get_sym_ref(type, sec, offset, size);
4654 }
4655
4656 /* define a new external reference to a symbol 'v' of type 'u' */
4657 static Sym *external_global_sym(int v, CType *type, int r)
4658 {
4659     Sym *s;
4660
4661     s = sym_find(v);
4662     if (!s) {
4663         /* push forward reference */
4664         s = global_identifier_push(v, type->t | VT_EXTERN, 0);
4665         s->type.ref = type->ref;
4666         s->r = r | VT_CONST | VT_SYM;
4667     }
4668     return s;
4669 }
4670
4671 /* define a new external reference to a symbol 'v' of type 'u' */
4672 static Sym *external_sym(int v, CType *type, int r)
4673 {
4674     Sym *s;
4675
4676     s = sym_find(v);
4677     if (!s) {
4678         /* push forward reference */
4679         s = sym_push(v, type, r | VT_CONST | VT_SYM, 0);
4680         s->type.t |= VT_EXTERN;
4681     } else {
4682         if (!is_compatible_types(&s->type, type))
4683             error("incompatible types for redefinition of '%s'",
4684                   get_tok_str(v, NULL));
4685     }
4686     return s;
4687 }
4688
4689 /* push a reference to global symbol v */
4690 static void vpush_global_sym(CType *type, int v)
4691 {
4692     Sym *sym;
4693     CValue cval;
4694
4695     sym = external_global_sym(v, type, 0);
4696     cval.ul = 0;
4697     vsetc(type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, &cval);
4698     vtop->sym = sym;
4699 }
4700
4701 void vset(CType *type, int r, int v)
4702 {
4703     CValue cval;
4704
4705     cval.i = v;
4706     vsetc(type, r, &cval);
4707 }
4708
4709 void vseti(int r, int v)
4710 {
4711     CType type;
4712     type.t = VT_INT;
4713     vset(&type, r, v);
4714 }
4715
4716 void vswap(void)
4717 {
4718     SValue tmp;
4719
4720     tmp = vtop[0];
4721     vtop[0] = vtop[-1];
4722     vtop[-1] = tmp;
4723 }
4724
4725 void vpushv(SValue *v)
4726 {
4727     if (vtop >= vstack + (VSTACK_SIZE - 1))
4728         error("memory full");
4729     vtop++;
4730     *vtop = *v;
4731 }
4732
4733 void vdup(void)
4734 {
4735     vpushv(vtop);
4736 }
4737
4738 /* save r to the memory stack, and mark it as being free */
4739 void save_reg(int r)
4740 {
4741     int l, saved, size, align;
4742     SValue *p, sv;
4743     CType *type;
4744
4745     /* modify all stack values */
4746     saved = 0;
4747     l = 0;
4748     for(p=vstack;p<=vtop;p++) {
4749         if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r ||
4750             ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG && (p->r2 & VT_VALMASK) == r)) {
4751             /* must save value on stack if not already done */
4752             if (!saved) {
4753                 /* NOTE: must reload 'r' because r might be equal to r2 */
4754                 r = p->r & VT_VALMASK;
4755                 /* store register in the stack */
4756                 type = &p->type;
4757                 if ((p->r & VT_LVAL) ||
4758                     (!is_float(type->t) && (type->t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_LLONG))
4759                     type = &int_type;
4760                 size = type_size(type, &align);
4761                 loc = (loc - size) & -align;
4762                 sv.type.t = type->t;
4763                 sv.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
4764                 sv.c.ul = loc;
4765                 store(r, &sv);
4766 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
4767                 /* x86 specific: need to pop fp register ST0 if saved */
4768                 if (r == TREG_ST0) {
4769                     o(0xd9dd); /* fstp %st(1) */
4770                 }
4771 #endif
4772                 /* special long long case */
4773                 if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
4774                     sv.c.ul += 4;
4775                     store(p->r2, &sv);
4776                 }
4777                 l = loc;
4778                 saved = 1;
4779             }
4780             /* mark that stack entry as being saved on the stack */
4781             if (p->r & VT_LVAL) {
4782                 /* also clear the bounded flag because the
4783                    relocation address of the function was stored in
4784                    p->c.ul */
4785                 p->r = (p->r & ~(VT_VALMASK | VT_BOUNDED)) | VT_LLOCAL;
4786             } else {
4787                 p->r = lvalue_type(p->type.t) | VT_LOCAL;
4788             }
4789             p->r2 = VT_CONST;
4790             p->c.ul = l;
4791         }
4792     }
4793 }
4794
4795 /* find a register of class 'rc2' with at most one reference on stack.
4796  * If none, call get_reg(rc) */
4797 int get_reg_ex(int rc, int rc2)
4798 {
4799     int r;
4800     SValue *p;
4801
4802     for(r=0;r<NB_REGS;r++) {
4803         if (reg_classes[r] & rc2) {
4804             int n;
4805             n=0;
4806             for(p = vstack; p <= vtop; p++) {
4807                 if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r ||
4808                     (p->r2 & VT_VALMASK) == r)
4809                     n++;
4810             }
4811             if (n <= 1)
4812                 return r;
4813         }
4814     }
4815     return get_reg(rc);
4816 }
4817
4818 /* find a free register of class 'rc'. If none, save one register */
4819 int get_reg(int rc)
4820 {
4821     int r;
4822     SValue *p;
4823
4824     /* find a free register */
4825     for(r=0;r<NB_REGS;r++) {
4826         if (reg_classes[r] & rc) {
4827             for(p=vstack;p<=vtop;p++) {
4828                 if ((p->r & VT_VALMASK) == r ||
4829                     (p->r2 & VT_VALMASK) == r)
4830                     goto notfound;
4831             }
4832             return r;
4833         }
4834     notfound: ;
4835     }
4836
4837     /* no register left : free the first one on the stack (VERY
4838        IMPORTANT to start from the bottom to ensure that we don't
4839        spill registers used in gen_opi()) */
4840     for(p=vstack;p<=vtop;p++) {
4841         r = p->r & VT_VALMASK;
4842         if (r < VT_CONST && (reg_classes[r] & rc))
4843             goto save_found;
4844         /* also look at second register (if long long) */
4845         r = p->r2 & VT_VALMASK;
4846         if (r < VT_CONST && (reg_classes[r] & rc)) {
4847         save_found:
4848             save_reg(r);
4849             return r;
4850         }
4851     }
4852     /* Should never comes here */
4853     return -1;
4854 }
4855
4856 /* save registers up to (vtop - n) stack entry */
4857 void save_regs(int n)
4858 {
4859     int r;
4860     SValue *p, *p1;
4861     p1 = vtop - n;
4862     for(p = vstack;p <= p1; p++) {
4863         r = p->r & VT_VALMASK;
4864         if (r < VT_CONST) {
4865             save_reg(r);
4866         }
4867     }
4868 }
4869
4870 /* move register 's' to 'r', and flush previous value of r to memory
4871    if needed */
4872 void move_reg(int r, int s)
4873 {
4874     SValue sv;
4875
4876     if (r != s) {
4877         save_reg(r);
4878         sv.type.t = VT_INT;
4879         sv.r = s;
4880         sv.c.ul = 0;
4881         load(r, &sv);
4882     }
4883 }
4884
4885 /* get address of vtop (vtop MUST BE an lvalue) */
4886 void gaddrof(void)
4887 {
4888     vtop->r &= ~VT_LVAL;
4889     /* tricky: if saved lvalue, then we can go back to lvalue */
4890     if ((vtop->r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LLOCAL)
4891         vtop->r = (vtop->r & ~(VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL_TYPE)) | VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
4892 }
4893
4894 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
4895 /* generate lvalue bound code */
4896 void gbound(void)
4897 {
4898     int lval_type;
4899     CType type1;
4900
4901     vtop->r &= ~VT_MUSTBOUND;
4902     /* if lvalue, then use checking code before dereferencing */
4903     if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL) {
4904         /* if not VT_BOUNDED value, then make one */
4905         if (!(vtop->r & VT_BOUNDED)) {
4906             lval_type = vtop->r & (VT_LVAL_TYPE | VT_LVAL);
4907             /* must save type because we must set it to int to get pointer */
4908             type1 = vtop->type;
4909             vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
4910             gaddrof();
4911             vpushi(0);
4912             gen_bounded_ptr_add();
4913             vtop->r |= lval_type;
4914             vtop->type = type1;
4915         }
4916         /* then check for dereferencing */
4917         gen_bounded_ptr_deref();
4918     }
4919 }
4920 #endif
4921
4922 /* store vtop a register belonging to class 'rc'. lvalues are
4923    converted to values. Cannot be used if cannot be converted to
4924    register value (such as structures). */
4925 int gv(int rc)
4926 {
4927     int r, r2, rc2, bit_pos, bit_size, size, align, i;
4928     unsigned long long ll;
4929
4930     /* NOTE: get_reg can modify vstack[] */
4931     if (vtop->type.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
4932         CType type;
4933         bit_pos = (vtop->type.t >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f;
4934         bit_size = (vtop->type.t >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f;
4935         /* remove bit field info to avoid loops */
4936         vtop->type.t &= ~(VT_BITFIELD | (-1 << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT));
4937         /* cast to int to propagate signedness in following ops */
4938         type.t = VT_INT;
4939         if((vtop->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED) ||
4940            (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BOOL)
4941             type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
4942         gen_cast(&type);
4943         /* generate shifts */
4944         vpushi(32 - (bit_pos + bit_size));
4945         gen_op(TOK_SHL);
4946         vpushi(32 - bit_size);
4947         /* NOTE: transformed to SHR if unsigned */
4948         gen_op(TOK_SAR);
4949         r = gv(rc);
4950     } else {
4951         if (is_float(vtop->type.t) &&
4952             (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_CONST) {
4953             Sym *sym;
4954             int *ptr;
4955             unsigned long offset;
4956 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && !defined(TCC_ARM_VFP)
4957             CValue check;
4958 #endif
4959
4960             /* XXX: unify with initializers handling ? */
4961             /* CPUs usually cannot use float constants, so we store them
4962                generically in data segment */
4963             size = type_size(&vtop->type, &align);
4964             offset = (data_section->data_offset + align - 1) & -align;
4965             data_section->data_offset = offset;
4966             /* XXX: not portable yet */
4967 #ifdef __i386__
4968             /* Zero pad x87 tenbyte long doubles */
4969             if (size == 12)
4970                 vtop->c.tab[2] &= 0xffff;
4971 #endif
4972             ptr = section_ptr_add(data_section, size);
4973             size = size >> 2;
4974 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM) && !defined(TCC_ARM_VFP)
4975             check.d = 1;
4976             if(check.tab[0])
4977                 for(i=0;i<size;i++)
4978                     ptr[i] = vtop->c.tab[size-1-i];
4979             else
4980 #endif
4981             for(i=0;i<size;i++)
4982                 ptr[i] = vtop->c.tab[i];
4983             sym = get_sym_ref(&vtop->type, data_section, offset, size << 2);
4984             vtop->r |= VT_LVAL | VT_SYM;
4985             vtop->sym = sym;
4986             vtop->c.ul = 0;
4987         }
4988 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
4989         if (vtop->r & VT_MUSTBOUND)
4990             gbound();
4991 #endif
4992
4993         r = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
4994         rc2 = RC_INT;
4995         if (rc == RC_IRET)
4996             rc2 = RC_LRET;
4997         /* need to reload if:
4998            - constant
4999            - lvalue (need to dereference pointer)
5000            - already a register, but not in the right class */
5001         if (r >= VT_CONST ||
5002             (vtop->r & VT_LVAL) ||
5003             !(reg_classes[r] & rc) ||
5004             ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG &&
5005              !(reg_classes[vtop->r2] & rc2))) {
5006             r = get_reg(rc);
5007             if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
5008                 /* two register type load : expand to two words
5009                    temporarily */
5010                 if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_CONST) {
5011                     /* load constant */
5012                     ll = vtop->c.ull;
5013                     vtop->c.ui = ll; /* first word */
5014                     load(r, vtop);
5015                     vtop->r = r; /* save register value */
5016                     vpushi(ll >> 32); /* second word */
5017                 } else if (r >= VT_CONST || /* XXX: test to VT_CONST incorrect ? */
5018                            (vtop->r & VT_LVAL)) {
5019                     /* We do not want to modifier the long long
5020                        pointer here, so the safest (and less
5021                        efficient) is to save all the other registers
5022                        in the stack. XXX: totally inefficient. */
5023                     save_regs(1);
5024                     /* load from memory */
5025                     load(r, vtop);
5026                     vdup();
5027                     vtop[-1].r = r; /* save register value */
5028                     /* increment pointer to get second word */
5029                     vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
5030                     gaddrof();
5031                     vpushi(4);
5032                     gen_op('+');
5033                     vtop->r |= VT_LVAL;
5034                 } else {
5035                     /* move registers */
5036                     load(r, vtop);
5037                     vdup();
5038                     vtop[-1].r = r; /* save register value */
5039                     vtop->r = vtop[-1].r2;
5040                 }
5041                 /* allocate second register */
5042                 r2 = get_reg(rc2);
5043                 load(r2, vtop);
5044                 vpop();
5045                 /* write second register */
5046                 vtop->r2 = r2;
5047             } else if ((vtop->r & VT_LVAL) && !is_float(vtop->type.t)) {
5048                 int t1, t;
5049                 /* lvalue of scalar type : need to use lvalue type
5050                    because of possible cast */
5051                 t = vtop->type.t;
5052                 t1 = t;
5053                 /* compute memory access type */
5054                 if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL_BYTE)
5055                     t = VT_BYTE;
5056                 else if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL_SHORT)
5057                     t = VT_SHORT;
5058                 if (vtop->r & VT_LVAL_UNSIGNED)
5059                     t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
5060                 vtop->type.t = t;
5061                 load(r, vtop);
5062                 /* restore wanted type */
5063                 vtop->type.t = t1;
5064             } else {
5065                 /* one register type load */
5066                 load(r, vtop);
5067             }
5068         }
5069         vtop->r = r;
5070 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_C67
5071         /* uses register pairs for doubles */
5072         if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_DOUBLE)
5073             vtop->r2 = r+1;
5074 #endif
5075     }
5076     return r;
5077 }
5078
5079 /* generate vtop[-1] and vtop[0] in resp. classes rc1 and rc2 */
5080 void gv2(int rc1, int rc2)
5081 {
5082     int v;
5083
5084     /* generate more generic register first. But VT_JMP or VT_CMP
5085        values must be generated first in all cases to avoid possible
5086        reload errors */
5087     v = vtop[0].r & VT_VALMASK;
5088     if (v != VT_CMP && (v & ~1) != VT_JMP && rc1 <= rc2) {
5089         vswap();
5090         gv(rc1);
5091         vswap();
5092         gv(rc2);
5093         /* test if reload is needed for first register */
5094         if ((vtop[-1].r & VT_VALMASK) >= VT_CONST) {
5095             vswap();
5096             gv(rc1);
5097             vswap();
5098         }
5099     } else {
5100         gv(rc2);
5101         vswap();
5102         gv(rc1);
5103         vswap();
5104         /* test if reload is needed for first register */
5105         if ((vtop[0].r & VT_VALMASK) >= VT_CONST) {
5106             gv(rc2);
5107         }
5108     }
5109 }
5110
5111 /* expand long long on stack in two int registers */
5112 void lexpand(void)
5113 {
5114     int u;
5115
5116     u = vtop->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED;
5117     gv(RC_INT);
5118     vdup();
5119     vtop[0].r = vtop[-1].r2;
5120     vtop[0].r2 = VT_CONST;
5121     vtop[-1].r2 = VT_CONST;
5122     vtop[0].type.t = VT_INT | u;
5123     vtop[-1].type.t = VT_INT | u;
5124 }
5125
5126 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
5127 /* expand long long on stack */
5128 void lexpand_nr(void)
5129 {
5130     int u,v;
5131
5132     u = vtop->type.t & VT_UNSIGNED;
5133     vdup();
5134     vtop->r2 = VT_CONST;
5135     vtop->type.t = VT_INT | u;
5136     v=vtop[-1].r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL);
5137     if (v == VT_CONST) {
5138       vtop[-1].c.ui = vtop->c.ull;
5139       vtop->c.ui = vtop->c.ull >> 32;
5140       vtop->r = VT_CONST;
5141     } else if (v == (VT_LVAL|VT_CONST) || v == (VT_LVAL|VT_LOCAL)) {
5142       vtop->c.ui += 4;
5143       vtop->r = vtop[-1].r;
5144     } else if (v > VT_CONST) {
5145       vtop--;
5146       lexpand();
5147     } else
5148       vtop->r = vtop[-1].r2;
5149     vtop[-1].r2 = VT_CONST;
5150     vtop[-1].type.t = VT_INT | u;
5151 }
5152 #endif
5153
5154 /* build a long long from two ints */
5155 void lbuild(int t)
5156 {
5157     gv2(RC_INT, RC_INT);
5158     vtop[-1].r2 = vtop[0].r;
5159     vtop[-1].type.t = t;
5160     vpop();
5161 }
5162
5163 /* rotate n first stack elements to the bottom
5164    I1 ... In -> I2 ... In I1 [top is right]
5165 */
5166 void vrotb(int n)
5167 {
5168     int i;
5169     SValue tmp;
5170
5171     tmp = vtop[-n + 1];
5172     for(i=-n+1;i!=0;i++)
5173         vtop[i] = vtop[i+1];
5174     vtop[0] = tmp;
5175 }
5176
5177 /* rotate n first stack elements to the top
5178    I1 ... In -> In I1 ... I(n-1)  [top is right]
5179  */
5180 void vrott(int n)
5181 {
5182     int i;
5183     SValue tmp;
5184
5185     tmp = vtop[0];
5186     for(i = 0;i < n - 1; i++)
5187         vtop[-i] = vtop[-i - 1];
5188     vtop[-n + 1] = tmp;
5189 }
5190
5191 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_ARM
5192 /* like vrott but in other direction
5193    In ... I1 -> I(n-1) ... I1 In  [top is right]
5194  */
5195 void vnrott(int n)
5196 {
5197     int i;
5198     SValue tmp;
5199
5200     tmp = vtop[-n + 1];
5201     for(i = n - 1; i > 0; i--)
5202         vtop[-i] = vtop[-i + 1];
5203     vtop[0] = tmp;
5204 }
5205 #endif
5206
5207 /* pop stack value */
5208 void vpop(void)
5209 {
5210     int v;
5211     v = vtop->r & VT_VALMASK;
5212 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
5213     /* for x86, we need to pop the FP stack */
5214     if (v == TREG_ST0 && !nocode_wanted) {
5215         o(0xd9dd); /* fstp %st(1) */
5216     } else
5217 #endif
5218     if (v == VT_JMP || v == VT_JMPI) {
5219         /* need to put correct jump if && or || without test */
5220         gsym(vtop->c.ul);
5221     }
5222     vtop--;
5223 }
5224
5225 /* convert stack entry to register and duplicate its value in another
5226    register */
5227 void gv_dup(void)
5228 {
5229     int rc, t, r, r1;
5230     SValue sv;
5231
5232     t = vtop->type.t;
5233     if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
5234         lexpand();
5235         gv_dup();
5236         vswap();
5237         vrotb(3);
5238         gv_dup();
5239         vrotb(4);
5240         /* stack: H L L1 H1 */
5241         lbuild(t);
5242         vrotb(3);
5243         vrotb(3);
5244         vswap();
5245         lbuild(t);
5246         vswap();
5247     } else {
5248         /* duplicate value */
5249         rc = RC_INT;
5250         sv.type.t = VT_INT;
5251         if (is_float(t)) {
5252             rc = RC_FLOAT;
5253             sv.type.t = t;
5254         }
5255         r = gv(rc);
5256         r1 = get_reg(rc);
5257         sv.r = r;
5258         sv.c.ul = 0;
5259         load(r1, &sv); /* move r to r1 */
5260         vdup();
5261         /* duplicates value */
5262         vtop->r = r1;
5263     }
5264 }
5265
5266 /* generate CPU independent (unsigned) long long operations */
5267 void gen_opl(int op)
5268 {
5269     int t, a, b, op1, c, i;
5270     int func;
5271     unsigned short reg_iret = REG_IRET;
5272     unsigned short reg_lret = REG_LRET;
5273     SValue tmp;
5274
5275     switch(op) {
5276     case '/':
5277     case TOK_PDIV:
5278         func = TOK___divdi3;
5279         goto gen_func;
5280     case TOK_UDIV:
5281         func = TOK___udivdi3;
5282         goto gen_func;
5283     case '%':
5284         func = TOK___moddi3;
5285         goto gen_mod_func;
5286     case TOK_UMOD:
5287         func = TOK___umoddi3;
5288     gen_mod_func:
5289 #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
5290         reg_iret = TREG_R2;
5291         reg_lret = TREG_R3;
5292 #endif
5293     gen_func:
5294         /* call generic long long function */
5295         vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, func);
5296         vrott(3);
5297         gfunc_call(2);
5298         vpushi(0);
5299         vtop->r = reg_iret;
5300         vtop->r2 = reg_lret;
5301         break;
5302     case '^':
5303     case '&':
5304     case '|':
5305     case '*':
5306     case '+':
5307     case '-':
5308         t = vtop->type.t;
5309         vswap();
5310         lexpand();
5311         vrotb(3);
5312         lexpand();
5313         /* stack: L1 H1 L2 H2 */
5314         tmp = vtop[0];
5315         vtop[0] = vtop[-3];
5316         vtop[-3] = tmp;
5317         tmp = vtop[-2];
5318         vtop[-2] = vtop[-3];
5319         vtop[-3] = tmp;
5320         vswap();
5321         /* stack: H1 H2 L1 L2 */
5322         if (op == '*') {
5323             vpushv(vtop - 1);
5324             vpushv(vtop - 1);
5325             gen_op(TOK_UMULL);
5326             lexpand();
5327             /* stack: H1 H2 L1 L2 ML MH */
5328             for(i=0;i<4;i++)
5329                 vrotb(6);
5330             /* stack: ML MH H1 H2 L1 L2 */
5331             tmp = vtop[0];
5332             vtop[0] = vtop[-2];
5333             vtop[-2] = tmp;
5334             /* stack: ML MH H1 L2 H2 L1 */
5335             gen_op('*');
5336             vrotb(3);
5337             vrotb(3);
5338             gen_op('*');
5339             /* stack: ML MH M1 M2 */
5340             gen_op('+');
5341             gen_op('+');
5342         } else if (op == '+' || op == '-') {
5343             /* XXX: add non carry method too (for MIPS or alpha) */
5344             if (op == '+')
5345                 op1 = TOK_ADDC1;
5346             else
5347                 op1 = TOK_SUBC1;
5348             gen_op(op1);
5349             /* stack: H1 H2 (L1 op L2) */
5350             vrotb(3);
5351             vrotb(3);
5352             gen_op(op1 + 1); /* TOK_xxxC2 */
5353         } else {
5354             gen_op(op);
5355             /* stack: H1 H2 (L1 op L2) */
5356             vrotb(3);
5357             vrotb(3);
5358             /* stack: (L1 op L2) H1 H2 */
5359             gen_op(op);
5360             /* stack: (L1 op L2) (H1 op H2) */
5361         }
5362         /* stack: L H */
5363         lbuild(t);
5364         break;
5365     case TOK_SAR:
5366     case TOK_SHR:
5367     case TOK_SHL:
5368         if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST) {
5369             t = vtop[-1].type.t;
5370             vswap();
5371             lexpand();
5372             vrotb(3);
5373             /* stack: L H shift */
5374             c = (int)vtop->c.i;
5375             /* constant: simpler */
5376             /* NOTE: all comments are for SHL. the other cases are
5377                done by swaping words */
5378             vpop();
5379             if (op != TOK_SHL)
5380                 vswap();
5381             if (c >= 32) {
5382                 /* stack: L H */
5383                 vpop();
5384                 if (c > 32) {
5385                     vpushi(c - 32);
5386                     gen_op(op);
5387                 }
5388                 if (op != TOK_SAR) {
5389                     vpushi(0);
5390                 } else {
5391                     gv_dup();
5392                     vpushi(31);
5393                     gen_op(TOK_SAR);
5394                 }
5395                 vswap();
5396             } else {
5397                 vswap();
5398                 gv_dup();
5399                 /* stack: H L L */
5400                 vpushi(c);
5401                 gen_op(op);
5402                 vswap();
5403                 vpushi(32 - c);
5404                 if (op == TOK_SHL)
5405                     gen_op(TOK_SHR);
5406                 else
5407                     gen_op(TOK_SHL);
5408                 vrotb(3);
5409                 /* stack: L L H */
5410                 vpushi(c);
5411                 if (op == TOK_SHL)
5412                     gen_op(TOK_SHL);
5413                 else
5414                     gen_op(TOK_SHR);
5415                 gen_op('|');
5416             }
5417             if (op != TOK_SHL)
5418                 vswap();
5419             lbuild(t);
5420         } else {
5421             /* XXX: should provide a faster fallback on x86 ? */
5422             switch(op) {
5423             case TOK_SAR:
5424                 func = TOK___ashrdi3;
5425                 goto gen_func;
5426             case TOK_SHR:
5427                 func = TOK___lshrdi3;
5428                 goto gen_func;
5429             case TOK_SHL:
5430                 func = TOK___ashldi3;
5431                 goto gen_func;
5432             }
5433         }
5434         break;
5435     default:
5436         /* compare operations */
5437         t = vtop->type.t;
5438         vswap();
5439         lexpand();
5440         vrotb(3);
5441         lexpand();
5442         /* stack: L1 H1 L2 H2 */
5443         tmp = vtop[-1];
5444         vtop[-1] = vtop[-2];
5445         vtop[-2] = tmp;
5446         /* stack: L1 L2 H1 H2 */
5447         /* compare high */
5448         op1 = op;
5449         /* when values are equal, we need to compare low words. since
5450            the jump is inverted, we invert the test too. */
5451         if (op1 == TOK_LT)
5452             op1 = TOK_LE;
5453         else if (op1 == TOK_GT)
5454             op1 = TOK_GE;
5455         else if (op1 == TOK_ULT)
5456             op1 = TOK_ULE;
5457         else if (op1 == TOK_UGT)
5458             op1 = TOK_UGE;
5459         a = 0;
5460         b = 0;
5461         gen_op(op1);
5462         if (op1 != TOK_NE) {
5463             a = gtst(1, 0);
5464         }
5465         if (op != TOK_EQ) {
5466             /* generate non equal test */
5467             /* XXX: NOT PORTABLE yet */
5468             if (a == 0) {
5469                 b = gtst(0, 0);
5470             } else {
5471 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_I386)
5472                 b = psym(0x850f, 0);
5473 #elif defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM)
5474                 b = ind;
5475                 o(0x1A000000 | encbranch(ind, 0, 1));
5476 #elif defined(TCC_TARGET_C67)
5477                 error("not implemented");
5478 #else
5479 #error not supported
5480 #endif
5481             }
5482         }
5483         /* compare low. Always unsigned */
5484         op1 = op;
5485         if (op1 == TOK_LT)
5486             op1 = TOK_ULT;
5487         else if (op1 == TOK_LE)
5488             op1 = TOK_ULE;
5489         else if (op1 == TOK_GT)
5490             op1 = TOK_UGT;
5491         else if (op1 == TOK_GE)
5492             op1 = TOK_UGE;
5493         gen_op(op1);
5494         a = gtst(1, a);
5495         gsym(b);
5496         vseti(VT_JMPI, a);
5497         break;
5498     }
5499 }
5500
5501 /* handle integer constant optimizations and various machine
5502    independent opt */
5503 void gen_opic(int op)
5504 {
5505     int c1, c2, t1, t2, n;
5506     SValue *v1, *v2;
5507     long long l1, l2;
5508     typedef unsigned long long U;
5509
5510     v1 = vtop - 1;
5511     v2 = vtop;
5512     t1 = v1->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
5513     t2 = v2->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
5514     l1 = (t1 == VT_LLONG) ? v1->c.ll : v1->c.i;
5515     l2 = (t2 == VT_LLONG) ? v2->c.ll : v2->c.i;
5516
5517     /* currently, we cannot do computations with forward symbols */
5518     c1 = (v1->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
5519     c2 = (v2->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
5520     if (c1 && c2) {
5521         switch(op) {
5522         case '+': l1 += l2; break;
5523         case '-': l1 -= l2; break;
5524         case '&': l1 &= l2; break;
5525         case '^': l1 ^= l2; break;
5526         case '|': l1 |= l2; break;
5527         case '*': l1 *= l2; break;
5528
5529         case TOK_PDIV:
5530         case '/':
5531         case '%':
5532         case TOK_UDIV:
5533         case TOK_UMOD:
5534             /* if division by zero, generate explicit division */
5535             if (l2 == 0) {
5536                 if (const_wanted)
5537                     error("division by zero in constant");
5538                 goto general_case;
5539             }
5540             switch(op) {
5541             default: l1 /= l2; break;
5542             case '%': l1 %= l2; break;
5543             case TOK_UDIV: l1 = (U)l1 / l2; break;
5544             case TOK_UMOD: l1 = (U)l1 % l2; break;
5545             }
5546             break;
5547         case TOK_SHL: l1 <<= l2; break;
5548         case TOK_SHR: l1 = (U)l1 >> l2; break;
5549         case TOK_SAR: l1 >>= l2; break;
5550             /* tests */
5551         case TOK_ULT: l1 = (U)l1 < (U)l2; break;
5552         case TOK_UGE: l1 = (U)l1 >= (U)l2; break;
5553         case TOK_EQ: l1 = l1 == l2; break;
5554         case TOK_NE: l1 = l1 != l2; break;
5555         case TOK_ULE: l1 = (U)l1 <= (U)l2; break;
5556         case TOK_UGT: l1 = (U)l1 > (U)l2; break;
5557         case TOK_LT: l1 = l1 < l2; break;
5558         case TOK_GE: l1 = l1 >= l2; break;
5559         case TOK_LE: l1 = l1 <= l2; break;
5560         case TOK_GT: l1 = l1 > l2; break;
5561             /* logical */
5562         case TOK_LAND: l1 = l1 && l2; break;
5563         case TOK_LOR: l1 = l1 || l2; break;
5564         default:
5565             goto general_case;
5566         }
5567         v1->c.ll = l1;
5568         vtop--;
5569     } else {
5570         /* if commutative ops, put c2 as constant */
5571         if (c1 && (op == '+' || op == '&' || op == '^' ||
5572                    op == '|' || op == '*')) {
5573             vswap();
5574             c2 = c1; //c = c1, c1 = c2, c2 = c;
5575             l2 = l1; //l = l1, l1 = l2, l2 = l;
5576         }
5577         /* Filter out NOP operations like x*1, x-0, x&-1... */
5578         if (c2 && (((op == '*' || op == '/' || op == TOK_UDIV ||
5579                      op == TOK_PDIV) &&
5580                     l2 == 1) ||
5581                    ((op == '+' || op == '-' || op == '|' || op == '^' ||
5582                      op == TOK_SHL || op == TOK_SHR || op == TOK_SAR) &&
5583                     l2 == 0) ||
5584                    (op == '&' &&
5585                     l2 == -1))) {
5586             /* nothing to do */
5587             vtop--;
5588         } else if (c2 && (op == '*' || op == TOK_PDIV || op == TOK_UDIV)) {
5589             /* try to use shifts instead of muls or divs */
5590             if (l2 > 0 && (l2 & (l2 - 1)) == 0) {
5591                 n = -1;
5592                 while (l2) {
5593                     l2 >>= 1;
5594                     n++;
5595                 }
5596                 vtop->c.ll = n;
5597                 if (op == '*')
5598                     op = TOK_SHL;
5599                 else if (op == TOK_PDIV)
5600                     op = TOK_SAR;
5601                 else
5602                     op = TOK_SHR;
5603             }
5604             goto general_case;
5605         } else if (c2 && (op == '+' || op == '-') &&
5606                    ((vtop[-1].r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) ==
5607                    (VT_CONST | VT_SYM) ||
5608                    (vtop[-1].r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) == VT_LOCAL)) {
5609             /* symbol + constant case */
5610             if (op == '-')
5611                 l2 = -l2;
5612             vtop--;
5613             vtop->c.ll += l2;
5614         } else {
5615         general_case:
5616             if (!nocode_wanted) {
5617                 /* call low level op generator */
5618                 if (t1 == VT_LLONG || t2 == VT_LLONG)
5619                     gen_opl(op);
5620                 else
5621                     gen_opi(op);
5622             } else {
5623                 vtop--;
5624             }
5625         }
5626     }
5627 }
5628
5629 /* generate a floating point operation with constant propagation */
5630 void gen_opif(int op)
5631 {
5632     int c1, c2;
5633     SValue *v1, *v2;
5634     long double f1, f2;
5635
5636     v1 = vtop - 1;
5637     v2 = vtop;
5638     /* currently, we cannot do computations with forward symbols */
5639     c1 = (v1->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
5640     c2 = (v2->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
5641     if (c1 && c2) {
5642         if (v1->type.t == VT_FLOAT) {
5643             f1 = v1->c.f;
5644             f2 = v2->c.f;
5645         } else if (v1->type.t == VT_DOUBLE) {
5646             f1 = v1->c.d;
5647             f2 = v2->c.d;
5648         } else {
5649             f1 = v1->c.ld;
5650             f2 = v2->c.ld;
5651         }
5652
5653         /* NOTE: we only do constant propagation if finite number (not
5654            NaN or infinity) (ANSI spec) */
5655         if (!ieee_finite(f1) || !ieee_finite(f2))
5656             goto general_case;
5657
5658         switch(op) {
5659         case '+': f1 += f2; break;
5660         case '-': f1 -= f2; break;
5661         case '*': f1 *= f2; break;
5662         case '/':
5663             if (f2 == 0.0) {
5664                 if (const_wanted)
5665                     error("division by zero in constant");
5666                 goto general_case;
5667             }
5668             f1 /= f2;
5669             break;
5670             /* XXX: also handles tests ? */
5671         default:
5672             goto general_case;
5673         }
5674         /* XXX: overflow test ? */
5675         if (v1->type.t == VT_FLOAT) {
5676             v1->c.f = f1;
5677         } else if (v1->type.t == VT_DOUBLE) {
5678             v1->c.d = f1;
5679         } else {
5680             v1->c.ld = f1;
5681         }
5682         vtop--;
5683     } else {
5684     general_case:
5685         if (!nocode_wanted) {
5686             gen_opf(op);
5687         } else {
5688             vtop--;
5689         }
5690     }
5691 }
5692
5693 static int pointed_size(CType *type)
5694 {
5695     int align;
5696     return type_size(pointed_type(type), &align);
5697 }
5698
5699 static inline int is_null_pointer(SValue *p)
5700 {
5701     if ((p->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) != VT_CONST)
5702         return 0;
5703     return ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT && p->c.i == 0) ||
5704         ((p->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG && p->c.ll == 0);
5705 }
5706
5707 static inline int is_integer_btype(int bt)
5708 {
5709     return (bt == VT_BYTE || bt == VT_SHORT ||
5710             bt == VT_INT || bt == VT_LLONG);
5711 }
5712
5713 /* check types for comparison or substraction of pointers */
5714 static void check_comparison_pointer_types(SValue *p1, SValue *p2, int op)
5715 {
5716     CType *type1, *type2, tmp_type1, tmp_type2;
5717     int bt1, bt2;
5718
5719     /* null pointers are accepted for all comparisons as gcc */
5720     if (is_null_pointer(p1) || is_null_pointer(p2))
5721         return;
5722     type1 = &p1->type;
5723     type2 = &p2->type;
5724     bt1 = type1->t & VT_BTYPE;
5725     bt2 = type2->t & VT_BTYPE;
5726     /* accept comparison between pointer and integer with a warning */
5727     if ((is_integer_btype(bt1) || is_integer_btype(bt2)) && op != '-') {
5728         if (op != TOK_LOR && op != TOK_LAND )
5729             warning("comparison between pointer and integer");
5730         return;
5731     }
5732
5733     /* both must be pointers or implicit function pointers */
5734     if (bt1 == VT_PTR) {
5735         type1 = pointed_type(type1);
5736     } else if (bt1 != VT_FUNC)
5737         goto invalid_operands;
5738
5739     if (bt2 == VT_PTR) {
5740         type2 = pointed_type(type2);
5741     } else if (bt2 != VT_FUNC) {
5742     invalid_operands:
5743         error("invalid operands to binary %s", get_tok_str(op, NULL));
5744     }
5745     if ((type1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID ||
5746         (type2->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID)
5747         return;
5748     tmp_type1 = *type1;
5749     tmp_type2 = *type2;
5750     tmp_type1.t &= ~(VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
5751     tmp_type2.t &= ~(VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
5752     if (!is_compatible_types(&tmp_type1, &tmp_type2)) {
5753         /* gcc-like error if '-' is used */
5754         if (op == '-')
5755             goto invalid_operands;
5756         else
5757             warning("comparison of distinct pointer types lacks a cast");
5758     }
5759 }
5760
5761 /* generic gen_op: handles types problems */
5762 void gen_op(int op)
5763 {
5764     int u, t1, t2, bt1, bt2, t;
5765     CType type1;
5766
5767     t1 = vtop[-1].type.t;
5768     t2 = vtop[0].type.t;
5769     bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE;
5770     bt2 = t2 & VT_BTYPE;
5771
5772     if (bt1 == VT_PTR || bt2 == VT_PTR) {
5773         /* at least one operand is a pointer */
5774         /* relationnal op: must be both pointers */
5775         if (op >= TOK_ULT && op <= TOK_LOR) {
5776             check_comparison_pointer_types(vtop - 1, vtop, op);
5777             /* pointers are handled are unsigned */
5778             t = VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED;
5779             goto std_op;
5780         }
5781         /* if both pointers, then it must be the '-' op */
5782         if (bt1 == VT_PTR && bt2 == VT_PTR) {
5783             if (op != '-')
5784                 error("cannot use pointers here");
5785             check_comparison_pointer_types(vtop - 1, vtop, op);
5786             /* XXX: check that types are compatible */
5787             u = pointed_size(&vtop[-1].type);
5788             gen_opic(op);
5789             /* set to integer type */
5790             vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
5791             vpushi(u);
5792             gen_op(TOK_PDIV);
5793         } else {
5794             /* exactly one pointer : must be '+' or '-'. */
5795             if (op != '-' && op != '+')
5796                 error("cannot use pointers here");
5797             /* Put pointer as first operand */
5798             if (bt2 == VT_PTR) {
5799                 vswap();
5800                 swap(&t1, &t2);
5801             }
5802             type1 = vtop[-1].type;
5803             /* XXX: cast to int ? (long long case) */
5804             vpushi(pointed_size(&vtop[-1].type));
5805             gen_op('*');
5806 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
5807             /* if evaluating constant expression, no code should be
5808                generated, so no bound check */
5809             if (do_bounds_check && !const_wanted) {
5810                 /* if bounded pointers, we generate a special code to
5811                    test bounds */
5812                 if (op == '-') {
5813                     vpushi(0);
5814                     vswap();
5815                     gen_op('-');
5816                 }
5817                 gen_bounded_ptr_add();
5818             } else
5819 #endif
5820             {
5821                 gen_opic(op);
5822             }
5823             /* put again type if gen_opic() swaped operands */
5824             vtop->type = type1;
5825         }
5826     } else if (is_float(bt1) || is_float(bt2)) {
5827         /* compute bigger type and do implicit casts */
5828         if (bt1 == VT_LDOUBLE || bt2 == VT_LDOUBLE) {
5829             t = VT_LDOUBLE;
5830         } else if (bt1 == VT_DOUBLE || bt2 == VT_DOUBLE) {
5831             t = VT_DOUBLE;
5832         } else {
5833             t = VT_FLOAT;
5834         }
5835         /* floats can only be used for a few operations */
5836         if (op != '+' && op != '-' && op != '*' && op != '/' &&
5837             (op < TOK_ULT || op > TOK_GT))
5838             error("invalid operands for binary operation");
5839         goto std_op;
5840     } else if (bt1 == VT_LLONG || bt2 == VT_LLONG) {
5841         /* cast to biggest op */
5842         t = VT_LLONG;
5843         /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in a long long */
5844         if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
5845             (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED))
5846             t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
5847         goto std_op;
5848     } else {
5849         /* integer operations */
5850         t = VT_INT;
5851         /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in an integer */
5852         if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
5853             (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED))
5854             t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
5855     std_op:
5856         /* XXX: currently, some unsigned operations are explicit, so
5857            we modify them here */
5858         if (t & VT_UNSIGNED) {
5859             if (op == TOK_SAR)
5860                 op = TOK_SHR;
5861             else if (op == '/')
5862                 op = TOK_UDIV;
5863             else if (op == '%')
5864                 op = TOK_UMOD;
5865             else if (op == TOK_LT)
5866                 op = TOK_ULT;
5867             else if (op == TOK_GT)
5868                 op = TOK_UGT;
5869             else if (op == TOK_LE)
5870                 op = TOK_ULE;
5871             else if (op == TOK_GE)
5872                 op = TOK_UGE;
5873         }
5874         vswap();
5875         type1.t = t;
5876         gen_cast(&type1);
5877         vswap();
5878         /* special case for shifts and long long: we keep the shift as
5879            an integer */
5880         if (op == TOK_SHR || op == TOK_SAR || op == TOK_SHL)
5881             type1.t = VT_INT;
5882         gen_cast(&type1);
5883         if (is_float(t))
5884             gen_opif(op);
5885         else
5886             gen_opic(op);
5887         if (op >= TOK_ULT && op <= TOK_GT) {
5888             /* relationnal op: the result is an int */
5889             vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
5890         } else {
5891             vtop->type.t = t;
5892         }
5893     }
5894 }
5895
5896 #ifndef TCC_TARGET_ARM
5897 /* generic itof for unsigned long long case */
5898 void gen_cvt_itof1(int t)
5899 {
5900     if ((vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) ==
5901         (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
5902
5903         if (t == VT_FLOAT)
5904             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___floatundisf);
5905 #if LDOUBLE_SIZE != 8
5906         else if (t == VT_LDOUBLE)
5907             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___floatundixf);
5908 #endif
5909         else
5910             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___floatundidf);
5911         vrott(2);
5912         gfunc_call(1);
5913         vpushi(0);
5914         vtop->r = REG_FRET;
5915     } else {
5916         gen_cvt_itof(t);
5917     }
5918 }
5919 #endif
5920
5921 /* generic ftoi for unsigned long long case */
5922 void gen_cvt_ftoi1(int t)
5923 {
5924     int st;
5925
5926     if (t == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
5927         /* not handled natively */
5928         st = vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
5929         if (st == VT_FLOAT)
5930             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___fixunssfdi);
5931 #if LDOUBLE_SIZE != 8
5932         else if (st == VT_LDOUBLE)
5933             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___fixunsxfdi);
5934 #endif
5935         else
5936             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK___fixunsdfdi);
5937         vrott(2);
5938         gfunc_call(1);
5939         vpushi(0);
5940         vtop->r = REG_IRET;
5941         vtop->r2 = REG_LRET;
5942     } else {
5943         gen_cvt_ftoi(t);
5944     }
5945 }
5946
5947 /* force char or short cast */
5948 void force_charshort_cast(int t)
5949 {
5950     int bits, dbt;
5951     dbt = t & VT_BTYPE;
5952     /* XXX: add optimization if lvalue : just change type and offset */
5953     if (dbt == VT_BYTE)
5954         bits = 8;
5955     else
5956         bits = 16;
5957     if (t & VT_UNSIGNED) {
5958         vpushi((1 << bits) - 1);
5959         gen_op('&');
5960     } else {
5961         bits = 32 - bits;
5962         vpushi(bits);
5963         gen_op(TOK_SHL);
5964         /* result must be signed or the SAR is converted to an SHL
5965            This was not the case when "t" was a signed short
5966            and the last value on the stack was an unsigned int */
5967         vtop->type.t &= ~VT_UNSIGNED;
5968         vpushi(bits);
5969         gen_op(TOK_SAR);
5970     }
5971 }
5972
5973 /* cast 'vtop' to 'type'. Casting to bitfields is forbidden. */
5974 static void gen_cast(CType *type)
5975 {
5976     int sbt, dbt, sf, df, c;
5977
5978     /* special delayed cast for char/short */
5979     /* XXX: in some cases (multiple cascaded casts), it may still
5980        be incorrect */
5981     if (vtop->r & VT_MUSTCAST) {
5982         vtop->r &= ~VT_MUSTCAST;
5983         force_charshort_cast(vtop->type.t);
5984     }
5985
5986     /* bitfields first get cast to ints */
5987     if (vtop->type.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
5988         gv(RC_INT);
5989     }
5990
5991     dbt = type->t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED);
5992     sbt = vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED);
5993
5994     if (sbt != dbt) {
5995         sf = is_float(sbt);
5996         df = is_float(dbt);
5997         c = (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
5998         if (c) {
5999             /* constant case: we can do it now */
6000             /* XXX: in ISOC, cannot do it if error in convert */
6001             if (sbt == VT_FLOAT)
6002                 vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.f;
6003             else if (sbt == VT_DOUBLE)
6004                 vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.d;
6005
6006             if (df) {
6007                 if ((sbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
6008                     if (sbt & VT_UNSIGNED)
6009                         vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.ull;
6010                     else
6011                         vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.ll;
6012                 } else if(!sf) {
6013                     if (sbt & VT_UNSIGNED)
6014                         vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.ui;
6015                     else
6016                         vtop->c.ld = vtop->c.i;
6017                 }
6018
6019                 if (dbt == VT_FLOAT)
6020                     vtop->c.f = (float)vtop->c.ld;
6021                 else if (dbt == VT_DOUBLE)
6022                     vtop->c.d = (double)vtop->c.ld;
6023             } else if (sf && dbt == (VT_LLONG|VT_UNSIGNED)) {
6024                 vtop->c.ull = (unsigned long long)vtop->c.ld;
6025             } else if (sf && dbt == VT_BOOL) {
6026                 vtop->c.i = (vtop->c.ld != 0);
6027             } else {
6028                 if(sf)
6029                     vtop->c.ll = (long long)vtop->c.ld;
6030                 else if (sbt == (VT_LLONG|VT_UNSIGNED))
6031                     vtop->c.ll = vtop->c.ull;
6032                 else if (sbt & VT_UNSIGNED)
6033                     vtop->c.ll = vtop->c.ui;
6034                 else if (sbt != VT_LLONG)
6035                     vtop->c.ll = vtop->c.i;
6036
6037                 if (dbt == (VT_LLONG|VT_UNSIGNED))
6038                     vtop->c.ull = vtop->c.ll;
6039                 else if (dbt == VT_BOOL)
6040                     vtop->c.i = (vtop->c.ll != 0);
6041                 else if (dbt != VT_LLONG) {
6042                     int s = 0;
6043                     if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BYTE)
6044                         s = 24;
6045                     else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_SHORT)
6046                         s = 16;
6047
6048                     if(dbt & VT_UNSIGNED)
6049                         vtop->c.ui = ((unsigned int)vtop->c.ll << s) >> s;
6050                     else
6051                         vtop->c.i = ((int)vtop->c.ll << s) >> s;
6052                 }
6053             }
6054         } else if (!nocode_wanted) {
6055             /* non constant case: generate code */
6056             if (sf && df) {
6057                 /* convert from fp to fp */
6058                 gen_cvt_ftof(dbt);
6059             } else if (df) {
6060                 /* convert int to fp */
6061                 gen_cvt_itof1(dbt);
6062             } else if (sf) {
6063                 /* convert fp to int */
6064                 if (dbt == VT_BOOL) {
6065                      vpushi(0);
6066                      gen_op(TOK_NE);
6067                 } else {
6068                     /* we handle char/short/etc... with generic code */
6069                     if (dbt != (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED) &&
6070                         dbt != (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED) &&
6071                         dbt != VT_LLONG)
6072                         dbt = VT_INT;
6073                     gen_cvt_ftoi1(dbt);
6074                     if (dbt == VT_INT && (type->t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) != dbt) {
6075                         /* additional cast for char/short... */
6076                         vtop->type.t = dbt;
6077                         gen_cast(type);
6078                     }
6079                 }
6080             } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
6081                 if ((sbt & VT_BTYPE) != VT_LLONG) {
6082                     /* scalar to long long */
6083                     /* machine independent conversion */
6084                     gv(RC_INT);
6085                     /* generate high word */
6086                     if (sbt == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED)) {
6087                         vpushi(0);
6088                         gv(RC_INT);
6089                     } else {
6090                         gv_dup();
6091                         vpushi(31);
6092                         gen_op(TOK_SAR);
6093                     }
6094                     /* patch second register */
6095                     vtop[-1].r2 = vtop->r;
6096                     vpop();
6097                 }
6098             } else if (dbt == VT_BOOL) {
6099                 /* scalar to bool */
6100                 vpushi(0);
6101                 gen_op(TOK_NE);
6102             } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BYTE ||
6103                        (dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_SHORT) {
6104                 if (sbt == VT_PTR) {
6105                     vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
6106                     warning("nonportable conversion from pointer to char/short");
6107                 }
6108                 force_charshort_cast(dbt);
6109             } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT) {
6110                 /* scalar to int */
6111                 if (sbt == VT_LLONG) {
6112                     /* from long long: just take low order word */
6113                     lexpand();
6114                     vpop();
6115                 }
6116                 /* if lvalue and single word type, nothing to do because
6117                    the lvalue already contains the real type size (see
6118                    VT_LVAL_xxx constants) */
6119             }
6120         } else
6121             expect("constant expression");
6122     } else if ((dbt & VT_BTYPE) == VT_PTR && !(vtop->r & VT_LVAL)) {
6123         /* if we are casting between pointer types,
6124            we must update the VT_LVAL_xxx size */
6125         vtop->r = (vtop->r & ~VT_LVAL_TYPE)
6126                   | (lvalue_type(type->ref->type.t) & VT_LVAL_TYPE);
6127     }
6128     vtop->type = *type;
6129 }
6130
6131 /* return type size. Put alignment at 'a' */
6132 static int type_size(CType *type, int *a)
6133 {
6134     Sym *s;
6135     int bt;
6136
6137     bt = type->t & VT_BTYPE;
6138     if (bt == VT_STRUCT) {
6139         /* struct/union */
6140         s = type->ref;
6141         *a = s->r;
6142         return s->c;
6143     } else if (bt == VT_PTR) {
6144         if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
6145             s = type->ref;
6146             return type_size(&s->type, a) * s->c;
6147         } else {
6148             *a = PTR_SIZE;
6149             return PTR_SIZE;
6150         }
6151     } else if (bt == VT_LDOUBLE) {
6152         *a = LDOUBLE_ALIGN;
6153         return LDOUBLE_SIZE;
6154     } else if (bt == VT_DOUBLE || bt == VT_LLONG) {
6155 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
6156         *a = 4;
6157 #elif defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM)
6158 #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
6159         *a = 8;
6160 #else
6161         *a = 4;
6162 #endif
6163 #else
6164         *a = 8;
6165 #endif
6166         return 8;
6167     } else if (bt == VT_INT || bt == VT_ENUM || bt == VT_FLOAT) {
6168         *a = 4;
6169         return 4;
6170     } else if (bt == VT_SHORT) {
6171         *a = 2;
6172         return 2;
6173     } else {
6174         /* char, void, function, _Bool */
6175         *a = 1;
6176         return 1;
6177     }
6178 }
6179
6180 /* return the pointed type of t */
6181 static inline CType *pointed_type(CType *type)
6182 {
6183     return &type->ref->type;
6184 }
6185
6186 /* modify type so that its it is a pointer to type. */
6187 static void mk_pointer(CType *type)
6188 {
6189     Sym *s;
6190     s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, 0, -1);
6191     type->t = VT_PTR | (type->t & ~VT_TYPE);
6192     type->ref = s;
6193 }
6194
6195 /* compare function types. OLD functions match any new functions */
6196 static int is_compatible_func(CType *type1, CType *type2)
6197 {
6198     Sym *s1, *s2;
6199
6200     s1 = type1->ref;
6201     s2 = type2->ref;
6202     if (!is_compatible_types(&s1->type, &s2->type))
6203         return 0;
6204     /* check func_call */
6205     if (FUNC_CALL(s1->r) != FUNC_CALL(s2->r))
6206         return 0;
6207     /* XXX: not complete */
6208     if (s1->c == FUNC_OLD || s2->c == FUNC_OLD)
6209         return 1;
6210     if (s1->c != s2->c)
6211         return 0;
6212     while (s1 != NULL) {
6213         if (s2 == NULL)
6214             return 0;
6215         if (!is_compatible_parameter_types(&s1->type, &s2->type))
6216             return 0;
6217         s1 = s1->next;
6218         s2 = s2->next;
6219     }
6220     if (s2)
6221         return 0;
6222     return 1;
6223 }
6224
6225 /* return true if type1 and type2 are the same.  If unqualified is
6226    true, qualifiers on the types are ignored.
6227
6228    - enums are not checked as gcc __builtin_types_compatible_p ()
6229  */
6230 static int compare_types(CType *type1, CType *type2, int unqualified)
6231 {
6232     int bt1, t1, t2;
6233
6234     t1 = type1->t & VT_TYPE;
6235     t2 = type2->t & VT_TYPE;
6236     if (unqualified) {
6237         /* strip qualifiers before comparing */
6238         t1 &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6239         t2 &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6240     }
6241     /* XXX: bitfields ? */
6242     if (t1 != t2)
6243         return 0;
6244     /* test more complicated cases */
6245     bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE;
6246     if (bt1 == VT_PTR) {
6247         type1 = pointed_type(type1);
6248         type2 = pointed_type(type2);
6249         return is_compatible_types(type1, type2);
6250     } else if (bt1 == VT_STRUCT) {
6251         return (type1->ref == type2->ref);
6252     } else if (bt1 == VT_FUNC) {
6253         return is_compatible_func(type1, type2);
6254     } else {
6255         return 1;
6256     }
6257 }
6258
6259 /* return true if type1 and type2 are exactly the same (including
6260    qualifiers).
6261 */
6262 static int is_compatible_types(CType *type1, CType *type2)
6263 {
6264     return compare_types(type1,type2,0);
6265 }
6266
6267 /* return true if type1 and type2 are the same (ignoring qualifiers).
6268 */
6269 static int is_compatible_parameter_types(CType *type1, CType *type2)
6270 {
6271     return compare_types(type1,type2,1);
6272 }
6273
6274 /* print a type. If 'varstr' is not NULL, then the variable is also
6275    printed in the type */
6276 /* XXX: union */
6277 /* XXX: add array and function pointers */
6278 void type_to_str(char *buf, int buf_size,
6279                  CType *type, const char *varstr)
6280 {
6281     int bt, v, t;
6282     Sym *s, *sa;
6283     char buf1[256];
6284     const char *tstr;
6285
6286     t = type->t & VT_TYPE;
6287     bt = t & VT_BTYPE;
6288     buf[0] = '\0';
6289     if (t & VT_CONSTANT)
6290         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "const ");
6291     if (t & VT_VOLATILE)
6292         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "volatile ");
6293     if (t & VT_UNSIGNED)
6294         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "unsigned ");
6295     switch(bt) {
6296     case VT_VOID:
6297         tstr = "void";
6298         goto add_tstr;
6299     case VT_BOOL:
6300         tstr = "_Bool";
6301         goto add_tstr;
6302     case VT_BYTE:
6303         tstr = "char";
6304         goto add_tstr;
6305     case VT_SHORT:
6306         tstr = "short";
6307         goto add_tstr;
6308     case VT_INT:
6309         tstr = "int";
6310         goto add_tstr;
6311     case VT_LONG:
6312         tstr = "long";
6313         goto add_tstr;
6314     case VT_LLONG:
6315         tstr = "long long";
6316         goto add_tstr;
6317     case VT_FLOAT:
6318         tstr = "float";
6319         goto add_tstr;
6320     case VT_DOUBLE:
6321         tstr = "double";
6322         goto add_tstr;
6323     case VT_LDOUBLE:
6324         tstr = "long double";
6325     add_tstr:
6326         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, tstr);
6327         break;
6328     case VT_ENUM:
6329     case VT_STRUCT:
6330         if (bt == VT_STRUCT)
6331             tstr = "struct ";
6332         else
6333             tstr = "enum ";
6334         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, tstr);
6335         v = type->ref->v & ~SYM_STRUCT;
6336         if (v >= SYM_FIRST_ANOM)
6337             pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "<anonymous>");
6338         else
6339             pstrcat(buf, buf_size, get_tok_str(v, NULL));
6340         break;
6341     case VT_FUNC:
6342         s = type->ref;
6343         type_to_str(buf, buf_size, &s->type, varstr);
6344         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, "(");
6345         sa = s->next;
6346         while (sa != NULL) {
6347             type_to_str(buf1, sizeof(buf1), &sa->type, NULL);
6348             pstrcat(buf, buf_size, buf1);
6349             sa = sa->next;
6350             if (sa)
6351                 pstrcat(buf, buf_size, ", ");
6352         }
6353         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, ")");
6354         goto no_var;
6355     case VT_PTR:
6356         s = type->ref;
6357         pstrcpy(buf1, sizeof(buf1), "*");
6358         if (varstr)
6359             pstrcat(buf1, sizeof(buf1), varstr);
6360         type_to_str(buf, buf_size, &s->type, buf1);
6361         goto no_var;
6362     }
6363     if (varstr) {
6364         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, " ");
6365         pstrcat(buf, buf_size, varstr);
6366     }
6367  no_var: ;
6368 }
6369
6370 /* verify type compatibility to store vtop in 'dt' type, and generate
6371    casts if needed. */
6372 static void gen_assign_cast(CType *dt)
6373 {
6374     CType *st, *type1, *type2, tmp_type1, tmp_type2;
6375     char buf1[256], buf2[256];
6376     int dbt, sbt;
6377
6378     st = &vtop->type; /* source type */
6379     dbt = dt->t & VT_BTYPE;
6380     sbt = st->t & VT_BTYPE;
6381     if (dt->t & VT_CONSTANT)
6382         warning("assignment of read-only location");
6383     switch(dbt) {
6384     case VT_PTR:
6385         /* special cases for pointers */
6386         /* '0' can also be a pointer */
6387         if (is_null_pointer(vtop))
6388             goto type_ok;
6389         /* accept implicit pointer to integer cast with warning */
6390         if (is_integer_btype(sbt)) {
6391             warning("assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast");
6392             goto type_ok;
6393         }
6394         type1 = pointed_type(dt);
6395         /* a function is implicitely a function pointer */
6396         if (sbt == VT_FUNC) {
6397             if ((type1->t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_VOID &&
6398                 !is_compatible_types(pointed_type(dt), st))
6399                 goto error;
6400             else
6401                 goto type_ok;
6402         }
6403         if (sbt != VT_PTR)
6404             goto error;
6405         type2 = pointed_type(st);
6406         if ((type1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID ||
6407             (type2->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID) {
6408             /* void * can match anything */
6409         } else {
6410             /* exact type match, except for unsigned */
6411             tmp_type1 = *type1;
6412             tmp_type2 = *type2;
6413             tmp_type1.t &= ~(VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6414             tmp_type2.t &= ~(VT_UNSIGNED | VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6415             if (!is_compatible_types(&tmp_type1, &tmp_type2))
6416                 warning("assignment from incompatible pointer type");
6417         }
6418         /* check const and volatile */
6419         if ((!(type1->t & VT_CONSTANT) && (type2->t & VT_CONSTANT)) ||
6420             (!(type1->t & VT_VOLATILE) && (type2->t & VT_VOLATILE)))
6421             warning("assignment discards qualifiers from pointer target type");
6422         break;
6423     case VT_BYTE:
6424     case VT_SHORT:
6425     case VT_INT:
6426     case VT_LLONG:
6427         if (sbt == VT_PTR || sbt == VT_FUNC) {
6428             warning("assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast");
6429         }
6430         /* XXX: more tests */
6431         break;
6432     case VT_STRUCT:
6433         tmp_type1 = *dt;
6434         tmp_type2 = *st;
6435         tmp_type1.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6436         tmp_type2.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
6437         if (!is_compatible_types(&tmp_type1, &tmp_type2)) {
6438         error:
6439             type_to_str(buf1, sizeof(buf1), st, NULL);
6440             type_to_str(buf2, sizeof(buf2), dt, NULL);
6441             error("cannot cast '%s' to '%s'", buf1, buf2);
6442         }
6443         break;
6444     }
6445  type_ok:
6446     gen_cast(dt);
6447 }
6448
6449 /* store vtop in lvalue pushed on stack */
6450 void vstore(void)
6451 {
6452     int sbt, dbt, ft, r, t, size, align, bit_size, bit_pos, rc, delayed_cast;
6453
6454     ft = vtop[-1].type.t;
6455     sbt = vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE;
6456     dbt = ft & VT_BTYPE;
6457     if (((sbt == VT_INT || sbt == VT_SHORT) && dbt == VT_BYTE) ||
6458         (sbt == VT_INT && dbt == VT_SHORT)) {
6459         /* optimize char/short casts */
6460         delayed_cast = VT_MUSTCAST;
6461         vtop->type.t = ft & (VT_TYPE & ~(VT_BITFIELD | (-1 << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT)));
6462         /* XXX: factorize */
6463         if (ft & VT_CONSTANT)
6464             warning("assignment of read-only location");
6465     } else {
6466         delayed_cast = 0;
6467         if (!(ft & VT_BITFIELD))
6468             gen_assign_cast(&vtop[-1].type);
6469     }
6470
6471     if (sbt == VT_STRUCT) {
6472         /* if structure, only generate pointer */
6473         /* structure assignment : generate memcpy */
6474         /* XXX: optimize if small size */
6475         if (!nocode_wanted) {
6476             size = type_size(&vtop->type, &align);
6477
6478 #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
6479             if(!(align & 7))
6480                 vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memcpy8);
6481             else if(!(align & 3))
6482                 vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memcpy4);
6483             else
6484 #endif
6485             vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memcpy);
6486
6487             /* destination */
6488             vpushv(vtop - 2);
6489             vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
6490             gaddrof();
6491             /* source */
6492             vpushv(vtop - 2);
6493             vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
6494             gaddrof();
6495             /* type size */
6496             vpushi(size);
6497             gfunc_call(3);
6498
6499             vswap();
6500             vpop();
6501         } else {
6502             vswap();
6503             vpop();
6504         }
6505         /* leave source on stack */
6506     } else if (ft & VT_BITFIELD) {
6507         /* bitfield store handling */
6508         bit_pos = (ft >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f;
6509         bit_size = (ft >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f;
6510         /* remove bit field info to avoid loops */
6511         vtop[-1].type.t = ft & ~(VT_BITFIELD | (-1 << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT));
6512
6513         /* duplicate source into other register */
6514         gv_dup();
6515         vswap();
6516         vrott(3);
6517
6518         if((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BOOL) {
6519             gen_cast(&vtop[-1].type);
6520             vtop[-1].type.t = (vtop[-1].type.t & ~VT_BTYPE) | (VT_BYTE | VT_UNSIGNED);
6521         }
6522
6523         /* duplicate destination */
6524         vdup();
6525         vtop[-1] = vtop[-2];
6526
6527         /* mask and shift source */
6528         if((ft & VT_BTYPE) != VT_BOOL) {
6529             vpushi((1 << bit_size) - 1);
6530             gen_op('&');
6531         }
6532         vpushi(bit_pos);
6533         gen_op(TOK_SHL);
6534         /* load destination, mask and or with source */
6535         vswap();
6536         vpushi(~(((1 << bit_size) - 1) << bit_pos));
6537         gen_op('&');
6538         gen_op('|');
6539         /* store result */
6540         vstore();
6541
6542         /* pop off shifted source from "duplicate source..." above */
6543         vpop();
6544
6545     } else {
6546 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
6547         /* bound check case */
6548         if (vtop[-1].r & VT_MUSTBOUND) {
6549             vswap();
6550             gbound();
6551             vswap();
6552         }
6553 #endif
6554         if (!nocode_wanted) {
6555             rc = RC_INT;
6556             if (is_float(ft))
6557                 rc = RC_FLOAT;
6558             r = gv(rc);  /* generate value */
6559             /* if lvalue was saved on stack, must read it */
6560             if ((vtop[-1].r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LLOCAL) {
6561                 SValue sv;
6562                 t = get_reg(RC_INT);
6563                 sv.type.t = VT_INT;
6564                 sv.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
6565                 sv.c.ul = vtop[-1].c.ul;
6566                 load(t, &sv);
6567                 vtop[-1].r = t | VT_LVAL;
6568             }
6569             store(r, vtop - 1);
6570             /* two word case handling : store second register at word + 4 */
6571             if ((ft & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
6572                 vswap();
6573                 /* convert to int to increment easily */
6574                 vtop->type.t = VT_INT;
6575                 gaddrof();
6576                 vpushi(4);
6577                 gen_op('+');
6578                 vtop->r |= VT_LVAL;
6579                 vswap();
6580                 /* XXX: it works because r2 is spilled last ! */
6581                 store(vtop->r2, vtop - 1);
6582             }
6583         }
6584         vswap();
6585         vtop--; /* NOT vpop() because on x86 it would flush the fp stack */
6586         vtop->r |= delayed_cast;
6587     }
6588 }
6589
6590 /* post defines POST/PRE add. c is the token ++ or -- */
6591 void inc(int post, int c)
6592 {
6593     test_lvalue();
6594     vdup(); /* save lvalue */
6595     if (post) {
6596         gv_dup(); /* duplicate value */
6597         vrotb(3);
6598         vrotb(3);
6599     }
6600     /* add constant */
6601     vpushi(c - TOK_MID);
6602     gen_op('+');
6603     vstore(); /* store value */
6604     if (post)
6605         vpop(); /* if post op, return saved value */
6606 }
6607
6608 /* Parse GNUC __attribute__ extension. Currently, the following
6609    extensions are recognized:
6610    - aligned(n) : set data/function alignment.
6611    - packed : force data alignment to 1
6612    - section(x) : generate data/code in this section.
6613    - unused : currently ignored, but may be used someday.
6614    - regparm(n) : pass function parameters in registers (i386 only)
6615  */
6616 static void parse_attribute(AttributeDef *ad)
6617 {
6618     int t, n;
6619
6620     while (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2) {
6621     next();
6622     skip('(');
6623     skip('(');
6624     while (tok != ')') {
6625         if (tok < TOK_IDENT)
6626             expect("attribute name");
6627         t = tok;
6628         next();
6629         switch(t) {
6630         case TOK_SECTION1:
6631         case TOK_SECTION2:
6632             skip('(');
6633             if (tok != TOK_STR)
6634                 expect("section name");
6635             ad->section = find_section(tcc_state, (char *)tokc.cstr->data);
6636             next();
6637             skip(')');
6638             break;
6639         case TOK_ALIGNED1:
6640         case TOK_ALIGNED2:
6641             if (tok == '(') {
6642                 next();
6643                 n = expr_const();
6644                 if (n <= 0 || (n & (n - 1)) != 0)
6645                     error("alignment must be a positive power of two");
6646                 skip(')');
6647             } else {
6648                 n = MAX_ALIGN;
6649             }
6650             ad->aligned = n;
6651             break;
6652         case TOK_PACKED1:
6653         case TOK_PACKED2:
6654             ad->packed = 1;
6655             break;
6656         case TOK_UNUSED1:
6657         case TOK_UNUSED2:
6658             /* currently, no need to handle it because tcc does not
6659                track unused objects */
6660             break;
6661         case TOK_NORETURN1:
6662         case TOK_NORETURN2:
6663             /* currently, no need to handle it because tcc does not
6664                track unused objects */
6665             break;
6666         case TOK_CDECL1:
6667         case TOK_CDECL2:
6668         case TOK_CDECL3:
6669             FUNC_CALL(ad->func_attr) = FUNC_CDECL;
6670             break;
6671         case TOK_STDCALL1:
6672         case TOK_STDCALL2:
6673         case TOK_STDCALL3:
6674             FUNC_CALL(ad->func_attr) = FUNC_STDCALL;
6675             break;
6676 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
6677         case TOK_REGPARM1:
6678         case TOK_REGPARM2:
6679             skip('(');
6680             n = expr_const();
6681             if (n > 3)
6682                 n = 3;
6683             else if (n < 0)
6684                 n = 0;
6685             if (n > 0)
6686                 FUNC_CALL(ad->func_attr) = FUNC_FASTCALL1 + n - 1;
6687             skip(')');
6688             break;
6689         case TOK_FASTCALL1:
6690         case TOK_FASTCALL2:
6691         case TOK_FASTCALL3:
6692             FUNC_CALL(ad->func_attr) = FUNC_FASTCALLW;
6693             break;
6694 #endif
6695         case TOK_DLLEXPORT:
6696             FUNC_EXPORT(ad->func_attr) = 1;
6697             break;
6698         default:
6699             if (tcc_state->warn_unsupported)
6700                 warning("'%s' attribute ignored", get_tok_str(t, NULL));
6701             /* skip parameters */
6702             if (tok == '(') {
6703                 int parenthesis = 0;
6704                 do {
6705                     if (tok == '(')
6706                         parenthesis++;
6707                     else if (tok == ')')
6708                         parenthesis--;
6709                     next();
6710                 } while (parenthesis && tok != -1);
6711             }
6712             break;
6713         }
6714         if (tok != ',')
6715             break;
6716         next();
6717     }
6718     skip(')');
6719     skip(')');
6720     }
6721 }
6722
6723 /* enum/struct/union declaration. u is either VT_ENUM or VT_STRUCT */
6724 static void struct_decl(CType *type, int u)
6725 {
6726     int a, v, size, align, maxalign, c, offset;
6727     int bit_size, bit_pos, bsize, bt, lbit_pos, prevbt;
6728     Sym *s, *ss, *ass, **ps;
6729     AttributeDef ad;
6730     CType type1, btype;
6731
6732     a = tok; /* save decl type */
6733     next();
6734     if (tok != '{') {
6735         v = tok;
6736         next();
6737         /* struct already defined ? return it */
6738         if (v < TOK_IDENT)
6739             expect("struct/union/enum name");
6740         s = struct_find(v);
6741         if (s) {
6742             if (s->type.t != a)
6743                 error("invalid type");
6744             goto do_decl;
6745         }
6746     } else {
6747         v = anon_sym++;
6748     }
6749     type1.t = a;
6750     /* we put an undefined size for struct/union */
6751     s = sym_push(v | SYM_STRUCT, &type1, 0, -1);
6752     s->r = 0; /* default alignment is zero as gcc */
6753     /* put struct/union/enum name in type */
6754  do_decl:
6755     type->t = u;
6756     type->ref = s;
6757
6758     if (tok == '{') {
6759         next();
6760         if (s->c != -1)
6761             error("struct/union/enum already defined");
6762         /* cannot be empty */
6763         c = 0;
6764         /* non empty enums are not allowed */
6765         if (a == TOK_ENUM) {
6766             for(;;) {
6767                 v = tok;
6768                 if (v < TOK_UIDENT)
6769                     expect("identifier");
6770                 next();
6771                 if (tok == '=') {
6772                     next();
6773                     c = expr_const();
6774                 }
6775                 /* enum symbols have static storage */
6776                 ss = sym_push(v, &int_type, VT_CONST, c);
6777                 ss->type.t |= VT_STATIC;
6778                 if (tok != ',')
6779                     break;
6780                 next();
6781                 c++;
6782                 /* NOTE: we accept a trailing comma */
6783                 if (tok == '}')
6784                     break;
6785             }
6786             skip('}');
6787         } else {
6788             maxalign = 1;
6789             ps = &s->next;
6790             prevbt = VT_INT;
6791             bit_pos = 0;
6792             offset = 0;
6793             while (tok != '}') {
6794                 parse_btype(&btype, &ad);
6795                 while (1) {
6796                     bit_size = -1;
6797                     v = 0;
6798                     type1 = btype;
6799                     if (tok != ':') {
6800                         type_decl(&type1, &ad, &v, TYPE_DIRECT | TYPE_ABSTRACT);
6801                         if (v == 0 && (type1.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
6802                             expect("identifier");
6803                         if ((type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC ||
6804                             (type1.t & (VT_TYPEDEF | VT_STATIC | VT_EXTERN | VT_INLINE)))
6805                             error("invalid type for '%s'",
6806                                   get_tok_str(v, NULL));
6807                     }
6808                     if (tok == ':') {
6809                         next();
6810                         bit_size = expr_const();
6811                         /* XXX: handle v = 0 case for messages */
6812                         if (bit_size < 0)
6813                             error("negative width in bit-field '%s'",
6814                                   get_tok_str(v, NULL));
6815                         if (v && bit_size == 0)
6816                             error("zero width for bit-field '%s'",
6817                                   get_tok_str(v, NULL));
6818                     }
6819                     size = type_size(&type1, &align);
6820                     if (ad.aligned) {
6821                         if (align < ad.aligned)
6822                             align = ad.aligned;
6823                     } else if (ad.packed) {
6824                         align = 1;
6825                     } else if (*tcc_state->pack_stack_ptr) {
6826                         if (align > *tcc_state->pack_stack_ptr)
6827                             align = *tcc_state->pack_stack_ptr;
6828                     }
6829                     lbit_pos = 0;
6830                     if (bit_size >= 0) {
6831                         bt = type1.t & VT_BTYPE;
6832                         if (bt != VT_INT &&
6833                             bt != VT_BYTE &&
6834                             bt != VT_SHORT &&
6835                             bt != VT_BOOL &&
6836                             bt != VT_ENUM)
6837                             error("bitfields must have scalar type");
6838                         bsize = size * 8;
6839                         if (bit_size > bsize) {
6840                             error("width of '%s' exceeds its type",
6841                                   get_tok_str(v, NULL));
6842                         } else if (bit_size == bsize) {
6843                             /* no need for bit fields */
6844                             bit_pos = 0;
6845                         } else if (bit_size == 0) {
6846                             /* XXX: what to do if only padding in a
6847                                structure ? */
6848                             /* zero size: means to pad */
6849                             bit_pos = 0;
6850                         } else {
6851                             /* we do not have enough room ?
6852                                did the type change?
6853                                is it a union? */
6854                             if ((bit_pos + bit_size) > bsize ||
6855                                 bt != prevbt || a == TOK_UNION)
6856                                 bit_pos = 0;
6857                             lbit_pos = bit_pos;
6858                             /* XXX: handle LSB first */
6859                             type1.t |= VT_BITFIELD |
6860                                 (bit_pos << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) |
6861                                 (bit_size << (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6));
6862                             bit_pos += bit_size;
6863                         }
6864                         prevbt = bt;
6865                     } else {
6866                         bit_pos = 0;
6867                     }
6868                     if (v != 0 || (type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
6869                         /* add new memory data only if starting
6870                            bit field */
6871                         if (lbit_pos == 0) {
6872                             if (a == TOK_STRUCT) {
6873                                 c = (c + align - 1) & -align;
6874                                 offset = c;
6875                                 if (size > 0)
6876                                     c += size;
6877                             } else {
6878                                 offset = 0;
6879                                 if (size > c)
6880                                     c = size;
6881                             }
6882                             if (align > maxalign)
6883                                 maxalign = align;
6884                         }
6885 #if 0
6886                         printf("add field %s offset=%d",
6887                                get_tok_str(v, NULL), offset);
6888                         if (type1.t & VT_BITFIELD) {
6889                             printf(" pos=%d size=%d",
6890                                    (type1.t >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f,
6891                                    (type1.t >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f);
6892                         }
6893                         printf("\n");
6894 #endif
6895                     }
6896                     if (v == 0 && (type1.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
6897                         ass = type1.ref;
6898                         while ((ass = ass->next) != NULL) {
6899                            ss = sym_push(ass->v, &ass->type, 0, offset + ass->c);
6900                            *ps = ss;
6901                            ps = &ss->next;
6902                         }
6903                     } else if (v) {
6904                         ss = sym_push(v | SYM_FIELD, &type1, 0, offset);
6905                         *ps = ss;
6906                         ps = &ss->next;
6907                     }
6908                     if (tok == ';' || tok == TOK_EOF)
6909                         break;
6910                     skip(',');
6911                 }
6912                 skip(';');
6913             }
6914             skip('}');
6915             /* store size and alignment */
6916             s->c = (c + maxalign - 1) & -maxalign;
6917             s->r = maxalign;
6918         }
6919     }
6920 }
6921
6922 /* return 0 if no type declaration. otherwise, return the basic type
6923    and skip it.
6924  */
6925 static int parse_btype(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad)
6926 {
6927     int t, u, type_found, typespec_found, typedef_found;
6928     Sym *s;
6929     CType type1;
6930
6931     memset(ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
6932     type_found = 0;
6933     typespec_found = 0;
6934     typedef_found = 0;
6935     t = 0;
6936     while(1) {
6937         switch(tok) {
6938         case TOK_EXTENSION:
6939             /* currently, we really ignore extension */
6940             next();
6941             continue;
6942
6943             /* basic types */
6944         case TOK_CHAR:
6945             u = VT_BYTE;
6946         basic_type:
6947             next();
6948         basic_type1:
6949             if ((t & VT_BTYPE) != 0)
6950                 error("too many basic types");
6951             t |= u;
6952             typespec_found = 1;
6953             break;
6954         case TOK_VOID:
6955             u = VT_VOID;
6956             goto basic_type;
6957         case TOK_SHORT:
6958             u = VT_SHORT;
6959             goto basic_type;
6960         case TOK_INT:
6961             next();
6962             typespec_found = 1;
6963             break;
6964         case TOK_LONG:
6965             next();
6966             if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_DOUBLE) {
6967                 t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_LDOUBLE;
6968             } else if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LONG) {
6969                 t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_LLONG;
6970             } else {
6971                 u = VT_LONG;
6972                 goto basic_type1;
6973             }
6974             break;
6975         case TOK_BOOL:
6976             u = VT_BOOL;
6977             goto basic_type;
6978         case TOK_FLOAT:
6979             u = VT_FLOAT;
6980             goto basic_type;
6981         case TOK_DOUBLE:
6982             next();
6983             if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LONG) {
6984                 t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_LDOUBLE;
6985             } else {
6986                 u = VT_DOUBLE;
6987                 goto basic_type1;
6988             }
6989             break;
6990         case TOK_ENUM:
6991             struct_decl(&type1, VT_ENUM);
6992         basic_type2:
6993             u = type1.t;
6994             type->ref = type1.ref;
6995             goto basic_type1;
6996         case TOK_STRUCT:
6997         case TOK_UNION:
6998             struct_decl(&type1, VT_STRUCT);
6999             goto basic_type2;
7000
7001             /* type modifiers */
7002         case TOK_CONST1:
7003         case TOK_CONST2:
7004         case TOK_CONST3:
7005             t |= VT_CONSTANT;
7006             next();
7007             break;
7008         case TOK_VOLATILE1:
7009         case TOK_VOLATILE2:
7010         case TOK_VOLATILE3:
7011             t |= VT_VOLATILE;
7012             next();
7013             break;
7014         case TOK_SIGNED1:
7015         case TOK_SIGNED2:
7016         case TOK_SIGNED3:
7017             typespec_found = 1;
7018             t |= VT_SIGNED;
7019             next();
7020             break;
7021         case TOK_REGISTER:
7022         case TOK_AUTO:
7023         case TOK_RESTRICT1:
7024         case TOK_RESTRICT2:
7025         case TOK_RESTRICT3:
7026             next();
7027             break;
7028         case TOK_UNSIGNED:
7029             t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
7030             next();
7031             typespec_found = 1;
7032             break;
7033
7034             /* storage */
7035         case TOK_EXTERN:
7036             t |= VT_EXTERN;
7037             next();
7038             break;
7039         case TOK_STATIC:
7040             t |= VT_STATIC;
7041             next();
7042             break;
7043         case TOK_TYPEDEF:
7044             t |= VT_TYPEDEF;
7045             next();
7046             break;
7047         case TOK_INLINE1:
7048         case TOK_INLINE2:
7049         case TOK_INLINE3:
7050             t |= VT_INLINE;
7051             next();
7052             break;
7053
7054             /* GNUC attribute */
7055         case TOK_ATTRIBUTE1:
7056         case TOK_ATTRIBUTE2:
7057             parse_attribute(ad);
7058             break;
7059             /* GNUC typeof */
7060         case TOK_TYPEOF1:
7061         case TOK_TYPEOF2:
7062         case TOK_TYPEOF3:
7063             next();
7064             parse_expr_type(&type1);
7065             goto basic_type2;
7066         default:
7067             if (typespec_found || typedef_found)
7068                 goto the_end;
7069             s = sym_find(tok);
7070             if (!s || !(s->type.t & VT_TYPEDEF))
7071                 goto the_end;
7072             typedef_found = 1;
7073             t |= (s->type.t & ~VT_TYPEDEF);
7074             type->ref = s->type.ref;
7075             next();
7076             typespec_found = 1;
7077             break;
7078         }
7079         type_found = 1;
7080     }
7081 the_end:
7082     if ((t & (VT_SIGNED|VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_SIGNED|VT_UNSIGNED))
7083         error("signed and unsigned modifier");
7084     if (tcc_state->char_is_unsigned) {
7085         if ((t & (VT_SIGNED|VT_UNSIGNED|VT_BTYPE)) == VT_BYTE)
7086             t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
7087     }
7088     t &= ~VT_SIGNED;
7089
7090     /* long is never used as type */
7091     if ((t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LONG)
7092         t = (t & ~VT_BTYPE) | VT_INT;
7093     type->t = t;
7094     return type_found;
7095 }
7096
7097 /* convert a function parameter type (array to pointer and function to
7098    function pointer) */
7099 static inline void convert_parameter_type(CType *pt)
7100 {
7101     /* remove const and volatile qualifiers (XXX: const could be used
7102        to indicate a const function parameter */
7103     pt->t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
7104     /* array must be transformed to pointer according to ANSI C */
7105     pt->t &= ~VT_ARRAY;
7106     if ((pt->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
7107         mk_pointer(pt);
7108     }
7109 }
7110
7111 static void post_type(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad)
7112 {
7113     int n, l, t1, arg_size, align;
7114     Sym **plast, *s, *first;
7115     AttributeDef ad1;
7116     CType pt;
7117
7118     if (tok == '(') {
7119         /* function declaration */
7120         next();
7121         l = 0;
7122         first = NULL;
7123         plast = &first;
7124         arg_size = 0;
7125         if (tok != ')') {
7126             for(;;) {
7127                 /* read param name and compute offset */
7128                 if (l != FUNC_OLD) {
7129                     if (!parse_btype(&pt, &ad1)) {
7130                         if (l) {
7131                             error("invalid type");
7132                         } else {
7133                             l = FUNC_OLD;
7134                             goto old_proto;
7135                         }
7136                     }
7137                     l = FUNC_NEW;
7138                     if ((pt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID && tok == ')')
7139                         break;
7140                     type_decl(&pt, &ad1, &n, TYPE_DIRECT | TYPE_ABSTRACT);
7141                     if ((pt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_VOID)
7142                         error("parameter declared as void");
7143                     arg_size += (type_size(&pt, &align) + 3) & ~3;
7144                 } else {
7145                 old_proto:
7146                     n = tok;
7147                     if (n < TOK_UIDENT)
7148                         expect("identifier");
7149                     pt.t = VT_INT;
7150                     next();
7151                 }
7152                 convert_parameter_type(&pt);
7153                 s = sym_push(n | SYM_FIELD, &pt, 0, 0);
7154                 *plast = s;
7155                 plast = &s->next;
7156                 if (tok == ')')
7157                     break;
7158                 skip(',');
7159                 if (l == FUNC_NEW && tok == TOK_DOTS) {
7160                     l = FUNC_ELLIPSIS;
7161                     next();
7162                     break;
7163                 }
7164             }
7165         }
7166         /* if no parameters, then old type prototype */
7167         if (l == 0)
7168             l = FUNC_OLD;
7169         skip(')');
7170         t1 = type->t & VT_STORAGE;
7171         /* NOTE: const is ignored in returned type as it has a special
7172            meaning in gcc / C++ */
7173         type->t &= ~(VT_STORAGE | VT_CONSTANT);
7174         post_type(type, ad);
7175         /* we push a anonymous symbol which will contain the function prototype */
7176         FUNC_ARGS(ad->func_attr) = arg_size;
7177         s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, ad->func_attr, l);
7178         s->next = first;
7179         type->t = t1 | VT_FUNC;
7180         type->ref = s;
7181     } else if (tok == '[') {
7182         /* array definition */
7183         next();
7184         n = -1;
7185         if (tok != ']') {
7186             n = expr_const();
7187             if (n < 0)
7188                 error("invalid array size");
7189         }
7190         skip(']');
7191         /* parse next post type */
7192         t1 = type->t & VT_STORAGE;
7193         type->t &= ~VT_STORAGE;
7194         post_type(type, ad);
7195
7196         /* we push a anonymous symbol which will contain the array
7197            element type */
7198         s = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, type, 0, n);
7199         type->t = t1 | VT_ARRAY | VT_PTR;
7200         type->ref = s;
7201     }
7202 }
7203
7204 /* Parse a type declaration (except basic type), and return the type
7205    in 'type'. 'td' is a bitmask indicating which kind of type decl is
7206    expected. 'type' should contain the basic type. 'ad' is the
7207    attribute definition of the basic type. It can be modified by
7208    type_decl().
7209  */
7210 static void type_decl(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int *v, int td)
7211 {
7212     Sym *s;
7213     CType type1, *type2;
7214     int qualifiers;
7215
7216     while (tok == '*') {
7217         qualifiers = 0;
7218     redo:
7219         next();
7220         switch(tok) {
7221         case TOK_CONST1:
7222         case TOK_CONST2:
7223         case TOK_CONST3:
7224             qualifiers |= VT_CONSTANT;
7225             goto redo;
7226         case TOK_VOLATILE1:
7227         case TOK_VOLATILE2:
7228         case TOK_VOLATILE3:
7229             qualifiers |= VT_VOLATILE;
7230             goto redo;
7231         case TOK_RESTRICT1:
7232         case TOK_RESTRICT2:
7233         case TOK_RESTRICT3:
7234             goto redo;
7235         }
7236         mk_pointer(type);
7237         type->t |= qualifiers;
7238     }
7239
7240     /* XXX: clarify attribute handling */
7241     if (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2)
7242         parse_attribute(ad);
7243
7244     /* recursive type */
7245     /* XXX: incorrect if abstract type for functions (e.g. 'int ()') */
7246     type1.t = 0; /* XXX: same as int */
7247     if (tok == '(') {
7248         next();
7249         /* XXX: this is not correct to modify 'ad' at this point, but
7250            the syntax is not clear */
7251         if (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2)
7252             parse_attribute(ad);
7253         type_decl(&type1, ad, v, td);
7254         skip(')');
7255     } else {
7256         /* type identifier */
7257         if (tok >= TOK_IDENT && (td & TYPE_DIRECT)) {
7258             *v = tok;
7259             next();
7260         } else {
7261             if (!(td & TYPE_ABSTRACT))
7262                 expect("identifier");
7263             *v = 0;
7264         }
7265     }
7266     post_type(type, ad);
7267     if (tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE1 || tok == TOK_ATTRIBUTE2)
7268         parse_attribute(ad);
7269     if (!type1.t)
7270         return;
7271     /* append type at the end of type1 */
7272     type2 = &type1;
7273     for(;;) {
7274         s = type2->ref;
7275         type2 = &s->type;
7276         if (!type2->t) {
7277             *type2 = *type;
7278             break;
7279         }
7280     }
7281     *type = type1;
7282 }
7283
7284 /* compute the lvalue VT_LVAL_xxx needed to match type t. */
7285 static int lvalue_type(int t)
7286 {
7287     int bt, r;
7288     r = VT_LVAL;
7289     bt = t & VT_BTYPE;
7290     if (bt == VT_BYTE || bt == VT_BOOL)
7291         r |= VT_LVAL_BYTE;
7292     else if (bt == VT_SHORT)
7293         r |= VT_LVAL_SHORT;
7294     else
7295         return r;
7296     if (t & VT_UNSIGNED)
7297         r |= VT_LVAL_UNSIGNED;
7298     return r;
7299 }
7300
7301 /* indirection with full error checking and bound check */
7302 static void indir(void)
7303 {
7304     if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_PTR) {
7305         if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC)
7306             return;
7307         expect("pointer");
7308     }
7309     if ((vtop->r & VT_LVAL) && !nocode_wanted)
7310         gv(RC_INT);
7311     vtop->type = *pointed_type(&vtop->type);
7312     /* Arrays and functions are never lvalues */
7313     if (!(vtop->type.t & VT_ARRAY)
7314         && (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC) {
7315         vtop->r |= lvalue_type(vtop->type.t);
7316         /* if bound checking, the referenced pointer must be checked */
7317         if (do_bounds_check)
7318             vtop->r |= VT_MUSTBOUND;
7319     }
7320 }
7321
7322 /* pass a parameter to a function and do type checking and casting */
7323 static void gfunc_param_typed(Sym *func, Sym *arg)
7324 {
7325     int func_type;
7326     CType type;
7327
7328     func_type = func->c;
7329     if (func_type == FUNC_OLD ||
7330         (func_type == FUNC_ELLIPSIS && arg == NULL)) {
7331         /* default casting : only need to convert float to double */
7332         if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FLOAT) {
7333             type.t = VT_DOUBLE;
7334             gen_cast(&type);
7335         }
7336     } else if (arg == NULL) {
7337         error("too many arguments to function");
7338     } else {
7339         type = arg->type;
7340         type.t &= ~VT_CONSTANT; /* need to do that to avoid false warning */
7341         gen_assign_cast(&type);
7342     }
7343 }
7344
7345 /* parse an expression of the form '(type)' or '(expr)' and return its
7346    type */
7347 static void parse_expr_type(CType *type)
7348 {
7349     int n;
7350     AttributeDef ad;
7351
7352     skip('(');
7353     if (parse_btype(type, &ad)) {
7354         type_decl(type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
7355     } else {
7356         expr_type(type);
7357     }
7358     skip(')');
7359 }
7360
7361 static void parse_type(CType *type)
7362 {
7363     AttributeDef ad;
7364     int n;
7365
7366     if (!parse_btype(type, &ad)) {
7367         expect("type");
7368     }
7369     type_decl(type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
7370 }
7371
7372 static void vpush_tokc(int t)
7373 {
7374     CType type;
7375     type.t = t;
7376     vsetc(&type, VT_CONST, &tokc);
7377 }
7378
7379 static void unary(void)
7380 {
7381     int n, t, align, size, r;
7382     CType type;
7383     Sym *s;
7384     AttributeDef ad;
7385
7386     /* XXX: GCC 2.95.3 does not generate a table although it should be
7387        better here */
7388  tok_next:
7389     switch(tok) {
7390     case TOK_EXTENSION:
7391         next();
7392         goto tok_next;
7393     case TOK_CINT:
7394     case TOK_CCHAR:
7395     case TOK_LCHAR:
7396         vpushi(tokc.i);
7397         next();
7398         break;
7399     case TOK_CUINT:
7400         vpush_tokc(VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED);
7401         next();
7402         break;
7403     case TOK_CLLONG:
7404         vpush_tokc(VT_LLONG);
7405         next();
7406         break;
7407     case TOK_CULLONG:
7408         vpush_tokc(VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED);
7409         next();
7410         break;
7411     case TOK_CFLOAT:
7412         vpush_tokc(VT_FLOAT);
7413         next();
7414         break;
7415     case TOK_CDOUBLE:
7416         vpush_tokc(VT_DOUBLE);
7417         next();
7418         break;
7419     case TOK_CLDOUBLE:
7420         vpush_tokc(VT_LDOUBLE);
7421         next();
7422         break;
7423     case TOK___FUNCTION__:
7424         if (!gnu_ext)
7425             goto tok_identifier;
7426         /* fall thru */
7427     case TOK___FUNC__:
7428         {
7429             void *ptr;
7430             int len;
7431             /* special function name identifier */
7432             len = strlen(funcname) + 1;
7433             /* generate char[len] type */
7434             type.t = VT_BYTE;
7435             mk_pointer(&type);
7436             type.t |= VT_ARRAY;
7437             type.ref->c = len;
7438             vpush_ref(&type, data_section, data_section->data_offset, len);
7439             ptr = section_ptr_add(data_section, len);
7440             memcpy(ptr, funcname, len);
7441             next();
7442         }
7443         break;
7444     case TOK_LSTR:
7445 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
7446         t = VT_SHORT | VT_UNSIGNED;
7447 #else
7448         t = VT_INT;
7449 #endif
7450         goto str_init;
7451     case TOK_STR:
7452         /* string parsing */
7453         t = VT_BYTE;
7454     str_init:
7455         if (tcc_state->warn_write_strings)
7456             t |= VT_CONSTANT;
7457         type.t = t;
7458         mk_pointer(&type);
7459         type.t |= VT_ARRAY;
7460         memset(&ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
7461         decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, VT_CONST, 2, 0, 0);
7462         break;
7463     case '(':
7464         next();
7465         /* cast ? */
7466         if (parse_btype(&type, &ad)) {
7467             type_decl(&type, &ad, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
7468             skip(')');
7469             /* check ISOC99 compound literal */
7470             if (tok == '{') {
7471                     /* data is allocated locally by default */
7472                 if (global_expr)
7473                     r = VT_CONST;
7474                 else
7475                     r = VT_LOCAL;
7476                 /* all except arrays are lvalues */
7477                 if (!(type.t & VT_ARRAY))
7478                     r |= lvalue_type(type.t);
7479                 memset(&ad, 0, sizeof(AttributeDef));
7480                 decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, r, 1, 0, 0);
7481             } else {
7482                 unary();
7483                 gen_cast(&type);
7484             }
7485         } else if (tok == '{') {
7486             /* save all registers */
7487             save_regs(0);
7488             /* statement expression : we do not accept break/continue
7489                inside as GCC does */
7490             block(NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 1);
7491             skip(')');
7492         } else {
7493             gexpr();
7494             skip(')');
7495         }
7496         break;
7497     case '*':
7498         next();
7499         unary();
7500         indir();
7501         break;
7502     case '&':
7503         next();
7504         unary();
7505         /* functions names must be treated as function pointers,
7506            except for unary '&' and sizeof. Since we consider that
7507            functions are not lvalues, we only have to handle it
7508            there and in function calls. */
7509         /* arrays can also be used although they are not lvalues */
7510         if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC &&
7511             !(vtop->type.t & VT_ARRAY) && !(vtop->type.t & VT_LLOCAL))
7512             test_lvalue();
7513         mk_pointer(&vtop->type);
7514         gaddrof();
7515         break;
7516     case '!':
7517         next();
7518         unary();
7519         if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST)
7520             vtop->c.i = !vtop->c.i;
7521         else if ((vtop->r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_CMP)
7522             vtop->c.i = vtop->c.i ^ 1;
7523         else {
7524             save_regs(1);
7525             vseti(VT_JMP, gtst(1, 0));
7526         }
7527         break;
7528     case '~':
7529         next();
7530         unary();
7531         vpushi(-1);
7532         gen_op('^');
7533         break;
7534     case '+':
7535         next();
7536         /* in order to force cast, we add zero */
7537         unary();
7538         if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_PTR)
7539             error("pointer not accepted for unary plus");
7540         vpushi(0);
7541         gen_op('+');
7542         break;
7543     case TOK_SIZEOF:
7544     case TOK_ALIGNOF1:
7545     case TOK_ALIGNOF2:
7546         t = tok;
7547         next();
7548         if (tok == '(') {
7549             parse_expr_type(&type);
7550         } else {
7551             unary_type(&type);
7552         }
7553         size = type_size(&type, &align);
7554         if (t == TOK_SIZEOF) {
7555             if (size < 0)
7556                 error("sizeof applied to an incomplete type");
7557             vpushi(size);
7558         } else {
7559             vpushi(align);
7560         }
7561         vtop->type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
7562         break;
7563
7564     case TOK_builtin_types_compatible_p:
7565         {
7566             CType type1, type2;
7567             next();
7568             skip('(');
7569             parse_type(&type1);
7570             skip(',');
7571             parse_type(&type2);
7572             skip(')');
7573             type1.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
7574             type2.t &= ~(VT_CONSTANT | VT_VOLATILE);
7575             vpushi(is_compatible_types(&type1, &type2));
7576         }
7577         break;
7578     case TOK_builtin_constant_p:
7579         {
7580             int saved_nocode_wanted, res;
7581             next();
7582             skip('(');
7583             saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
7584             nocode_wanted = 1;
7585             gexpr();
7586             res = (vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) == VT_CONST;
7587             vpop();
7588             nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
7589             skip(')');
7590             vpushi(res);
7591         }
7592         break;
7593     case TOK_INC:
7594     case TOK_DEC:
7595         t = tok;
7596         next();
7597         unary();
7598         inc(0, t);
7599         break;
7600     case '-':
7601         next();
7602         vpushi(0);
7603         unary();
7604         gen_op('-');
7605         break;
7606     case TOK_LAND:
7607         if (!gnu_ext)
7608             goto tok_identifier;
7609         next();
7610         /* allow to take the address of a label */
7611         if (tok < TOK_UIDENT)
7612             expect("label identifier");
7613         s = label_find(tok);
7614         if (!s) {
7615             s = label_push(&global_label_stack, tok, LABEL_FORWARD);
7616         } else {
7617             if (s->r == LABEL_DECLARED)
7618                 s->r = LABEL_FORWARD;
7619         }
7620         if (!s->type.t) {
7621             s->type.t = VT_VOID;
7622             mk_pointer(&s->type);
7623             s->type.t |= VT_STATIC;
7624         }
7625         vset(&s->type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, 0);
7626         vtop->sym = s;
7627         next();
7628         break;
7629     default:
7630     tok_identifier:
7631         t = tok;
7632         next();
7633         if (t < TOK_UIDENT)
7634             expect("identifier");
7635         s = sym_find(t);
7636         if (!s) {
7637             if (tok != '(')
7638                 error("'%s' undeclared", get_tok_str(t, NULL));
7639             /* for simple function calls, we tolerate undeclared
7640                external reference to int() function */
7641             if (tcc_state->warn_implicit_function_declaration)
7642                 warning("implicit declaration of function '%s'",
7643                         get_tok_str(t, NULL));
7644             s = external_global_sym(t, &func_old_type, 0);
7645         }
7646         if ((s->type.t & (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE | VT_BTYPE)) ==
7647             (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE | VT_FUNC)) {
7648             /* if referencing an inline function, then we generate a
7649                symbol to it if not already done. It will have the
7650                effect to generate code for it at the end of the
7651                compilation unit. Inline function as always
7652                generated in the text section. */
7653             if (!s->c)
7654                 put_extern_sym(s, text_section, 0, 0);
7655             r = VT_SYM | VT_CONST;
7656         } else {
7657             r = s->r;
7658         }
7659         vset(&s->type, r, s->c);
7660         /* if forward reference, we must point to s */
7661         if (vtop->r & VT_SYM) {
7662             vtop->sym = s;
7663             vtop->c.ul = 0;
7664         }
7665         break;
7666     }
7667
7668     /* post operations */
7669     while (1) {
7670         if (tok == TOK_INC || tok == TOK_DEC) {
7671             inc(1, tok);
7672             next();
7673         } else if (tok == '.' || tok == TOK_ARROW) {
7674             /* field */
7675             if (tok == TOK_ARROW)
7676                 indir();
7677             test_lvalue();
7678             gaddrof();
7679             next();
7680             /* expect pointer on structure */
7681             if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
7682                 expect("struct or union");
7683             s = vtop->type.ref;
7684             /* find field */
7685             tok |= SYM_FIELD;
7686             while ((s = s->next) != NULL) {
7687                 if (s->v == tok)
7688                     break;
7689             }
7690             if (!s)
7691                 error("field not found: %s",  get_tok_str(tok & ~SYM_FIELD, NULL));
7692             /* add field offset to pointer */
7693             vtop->type = char_pointer_type; /* change type to 'char *' */
7694             vpushi(s->c);
7695             gen_op('+');
7696             /* change type to field type, and set to lvalue */
7697             vtop->type = s->type;
7698             /* an array is never an lvalue */
7699             if (!(vtop->type.t & VT_ARRAY)) {
7700                 vtop->r |= lvalue_type(vtop->type.t);
7701                 /* if bound checking, the referenced pointer must be checked */
7702                 if (do_bounds_check)
7703                     vtop->r |= VT_MUSTBOUND;
7704             }
7705             next();
7706         } else if (tok == '[') {
7707             next();
7708             gexpr();
7709             gen_op('+');
7710             indir();
7711             skip(']');
7712         } else if (tok == '(') {
7713             SValue ret;
7714             Sym *sa;
7715             int nb_args;
7716
7717             /* function call  */
7718             if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC) {
7719                 /* pointer test (no array accepted) */
7720                 if ((vtop->type.t & (VT_BTYPE | VT_ARRAY)) == VT_PTR) {
7721                     vtop->type = *pointed_type(&vtop->type);
7722                     if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
7723                         goto error_func;
7724                 } else {
7725                 error_func:
7726                     expect("function pointer");
7727                 }
7728             } else {
7729                 vtop->r &= ~VT_LVAL; /* no lvalue */
7730             }
7731             /* get return type */
7732             s = vtop->type.ref;
7733             next();
7734             sa = s->next; /* first parameter */
7735             nb_args = 0;
7736             ret.r2 = VT_CONST;
7737             /* compute first implicit argument if a structure is returned */
7738             if ((s->type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
7739                 /* get some space for the returned structure */
7740                 size = type_size(&s->type, &align);
7741                 loc = (loc - size) & -align;
7742                 ret.type = s->type;
7743                 ret.r = VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL;
7744                 /* pass it as 'int' to avoid structure arg passing
7745                    problems */
7746                 vseti(VT_LOCAL, loc);
7747                 ret.c = vtop->c;
7748                 nb_args++;
7749             } else {
7750                 ret.type = s->type;
7751                 /* return in register */
7752                 if (is_float(ret.type.t)) {
7753                     ret.r = REG_FRET;
7754                 } else {
7755                     if ((ret.type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG)
7756                         ret.r2 = REG_LRET;
7757                     ret.r = REG_IRET;
7758                 }
7759                 ret.c.i = 0;
7760             }
7761             if (tok != ')') {
7762                 for(;;) {
7763                     expr_eq();
7764                     gfunc_param_typed(s, sa);
7765                     nb_args++;
7766                     if (sa)
7767                         sa = sa->next;
7768                     if (tok == ')')
7769                         break;
7770                     skip(',');
7771                 }
7772             }
7773             if (sa)
7774                 error("too few arguments to function");
7775             skip(')');
7776             if (!nocode_wanted) {
7777                 gfunc_call(nb_args);
7778             } else {
7779                 vtop -= (nb_args + 1);
7780             }
7781             /* return value */
7782             vsetc(&ret.type, ret.r, &ret.c);
7783             vtop->r2 = ret.r2;
7784         } else {
7785             break;
7786         }
7787     }
7788 }
7789
7790 static void uneq(void)
7791 {
7792     int t;
7793
7794     unary();
7795     if (tok == '=' ||
7796         (tok >= TOK_A_MOD && tok <= TOK_A_DIV) ||
7797         tok == TOK_A_XOR || tok == TOK_A_OR ||
7798         tok == TOK_A_SHL || tok == TOK_A_SAR) {
7799         test_lvalue();
7800         t = tok;
7801         next();
7802         if (t == '=') {
7803             expr_eq();
7804         } else {
7805             vdup();
7806             expr_eq();
7807             gen_op(t & 0x7f);
7808         }
7809         vstore();
7810     }
7811 }
7812
7813 static void expr_prod(void)
7814 {
7815     int t;
7816
7817     uneq();
7818     while (tok == '*' || tok == '/' || tok == '%') {
7819         t = tok;
7820         next();
7821         uneq();
7822         gen_op(t);
7823     }
7824 }
7825
7826 static void expr_sum(void)
7827 {
7828     int t;
7829
7830     expr_prod();
7831     while (tok == '+' || tok == '-') {
7832         t = tok;
7833         next();
7834         expr_prod();
7835         gen_op(t);
7836     }
7837 }
7838
7839 static void expr_shift(void)
7840 {
7841     int t;
7842
7843     expr_sum();
7844     while (tok == TOK_SHL || tok == TOK_SAR) {
7845         t = tok;
7846         next();
7847         expr_sum();
7848         gen_op(t);
7849     }
7850 }
7851
7852 static void expr_cmp(void)
7853 {
7854     int t;
7855
7856     expr_shift();
7857     while ((tok >= TOK_ULE && tok <= TOK_GT) ||
7858            tok == TOK_ULT || tok == TOK_UGE) {
7859         t = tok;
7860         next();
7861         expr_shift();
7862         gen_op(t);
7863     }
7864 }
7865
7866 static void expr_cmpeq(void)
7867 {
7868     int t;
7869
7870     expr_cmp();
7871     while (tok == TOK_EQ || tok == TOK_NE) {
7872         t = tok;
7873         next();
7874         expr_cmp();
7875         gen_op(t);
7876     }
7877 }
7878
7879 static void expr_and(void)
7880 {
7881     expr_cmpeq();
7882     while (tok == '&') {
7883         next();
7884         expr_cmpeq();
7885         gen_op('&');
7886     }
7887 }
7888
7889 static void expr_xor(void)
7890 {
7891     expr_and();
7892     while (tok == '^') {
7893         next();
7894         expr_and();
7895         gen_op('^');
7896     }
7897 }
7898
7899 static void expr_or(void)
7900 {
7901     expr_xor();
7902     while (tok == '|') {
7903         next();
7904         expr_xor();
7905         gen_op('|');
7906     }
7907 }
7908
7909 /* XXX: fix this mess */
7910 static void expr_land_const(void)
7911 {
7912     expr_or();
7913     while (tok == TOK_LAND) {
7914         next();
7915         expr_or();
7916         gen_op(TOK_LAND);
7917     }
7918 }
7919
7920 /* XXX: fix this mess */
7921 static void expr_lor_const(void)
7922 {
7923     expr_land_const();
7924     while (tok == TOK_LOR) {
7925         next();
7926         expr_land_const();
7927         gen_op(TOK_LOR);
7928     }
7929 }
7930
7931 /* only used if non constant */
7932 static void expr_land(void)
7933 {
7934     int t;
7935
7936     expr_or();
7937     if (tok == TOK_LAND) {
7938         t = 0;
7939         save_regs(1);
7940         for(;;) {
7941             t = gtst(1, t);
7942             if (tok != TOK_LAND) {
7943                 vseti(VT_JMPI, t);
7944                 break;
7945             }
7946             next();
7947             expr_or();
7948         }
7949     }
7950 }
7951
7952 static void expr_lor(void)
7953 {
7954     int t;
7955
7956     expr_land();
7957     if (tok == TOK_LOR) {
7958         t = 0;
7959         save_regs(1);
7960         for(;;) {
7961             t = gtst(0, t);
7962             if (tok != TOK_LOR) {
7963                 vseti(VT_JMP, t);
7964                 break;
7965             }
7966             next();
7967             expr_land();
7968         }
7969     }
7970 }
7971
7972 /* XXX: better constant handling */
7973 static void expr_eq(void)
7974 {
7975     int tt, u, r1, r2, rc, t1, t2, bt1, bt2;
7976     SValue sv;
7977     CType type, type1, type2;
7978
7979     if (const_wanted) {
7980         int c1, c;
7981         expr_lor_const();
7982         if (tok == '?') {
7983             c = vtop->c.i;
7984             vpop();
7985             next();
7986             if (tok == ':' && gnu_ext) {
7987                 c1 = c;
7988             } else {
7989                 gexpr();
7990                 c1 = vtop->c.i;
7991                 vpop();
7992             }
7993             skip(':');
7994             expr_eq();
7995             if (c)
7996                 vtop->c.i = c1;
7997         }
7998     } else {
7999         expr_lor();
8000         if (tok == '?') {
8001             next();
8002             if (vtop != vstack) {
8003                 /* needed to avoid having different registers saved in
8004                    each branch */
8005                 if (is_float(vtop->type.t))
8006                     rc = RC_FLOAT;
8007                 else
8008                     rc = RC_INT;
8009                     gv(rc);
8010                     save_regs(1);
8011             }
8012             if (tok == ':' && gnu_ext) {
8013                 gv_dup();
8014                 tt = gtst(1, 0);
8015             } else {
8016                 tt = gtst(1, 0);
8017                 gexpr();
8018             }
8019             type1 = vtop->type;
8020             sv = *vtop; /* save value to handle it later */
8021             vtop--; /* no vpop so that FP stack is not flushed */
8022             skip(':');
8023             u = gjmp(0);
8024             gsym(tt);
8025             expr_eq();
8026             type2 = vtop->type;
8027
8028             t1 = type1.t;
8029             bt1 = t1 & VT_BTYPE;
8030             t2 = type2.t;
8031             bt2 = t2 & VT_BTYPE;
8032             /* cast operands to correct type according to ISOC rules */
8033             if (is_float(bt1) || is_float(bt2)) {
8034                 if (bt1 == VT_LDOUBLE || bt2 == VT_LDOUBLE) {
8035                     type.t = VT_LDOUBLE;
8036                 } else if (bt1 == VT_DOUBLE || bt2 == VT_DOUBLE) {
8037                     type.t = VT_DOUBLE;
8038                 } else {
8039                     type.t = VT_FLOAT;
8040                 }
8041             } else if (bt1 == VT_LLONG || bt2 == VT_LLONG) {
8042                 /* cast to biggest op */
8043                 type.t = VT_LLONG;
8044                 /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in a long long */
8045                 if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
8046                     (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_LLONG | VT_UNSIGNED))
8047                     type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
8048             } else if (bt1 == VT_PTR || bt2 == VT_PTR) {
8049                 /* XXX: test pointer compatibility */
8050                 type = type1;
8051             } else if (bt1 == VT_FUNC || bt2 == VT_FUNC) {
8052                 /* XXX: test function pointer compatibility */
8053                 type = type1;
8054             } else if (bt1 == VT_STRUCT || bt2 == VT_STRUCT) {
8055                 /* XXX: test structure compatibility */
8056                 type = type1;
8057             } else if (bt1 == VT_VOID || bt2 == VT_VOID) {
8058                 /* NOTE: as an extension, we accept void on only one side */
8059                 type.t = VT_VOID;
8060             } else {
8061                 /* integer operations */
8062                 type.t = VT_INT;
8063                 /* convert to unsigned if it does not fit in an integer */
8064                 if ((t1 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED) ||
8065                     (t2 & (VT_BTYPE | VT_UNSIGNED)) == (VT_INT | VT_UNSIGNED))
8066                     type.t |= VT_UNSIGNED;
8067             }
8068
8069             /* now we convert second operand */
8070             gen_cast(&type);
8071             if (VT_STRUCT == (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE))
8072                 gaddrof();
8073             rc = RC_INT;
8074             if (is_float(type.t)) {
8075                 rc = RC_FLOAT;
8076             } else if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_LLONG) {
8077                 /* for long longs, we use fixed registers to avoid having
8078                    to handle a complicated move */
8079                 rc = RC_IRET;
8080             }
8081
8082             r2 = gv(rc);
8083             /* this is horrible, but we must also convert first
8084                operand */
8085             tt = gjmp(0);
8086             gsym(u);
8087             /* put again first value and cast it */
8088             *vtop = sv;
8089             gen_cast(&type);
8090             if (VT_STRUCT == (vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE))
8091                 gaddrof();
8092             r1 = gv(rc);
8093             move_reg(r2, r1);
8094             vtop->r = r2;
8095             gsym(tt);
8096         }
8097     }
8098 }
8099
8100 static void gexpr(void)
8101 {
8102     while (1) {
8103         expr_eq();
8104         if (tok != ',')
8105             break;
8106         vpop();
8107         next();
8108     }
8109 }
8110
8111 /* parse an expression and return its type without any side effect. */
8112 static void expr_type(CType *type)
8113 {
8114     int saved_nocode_wanted;
8115
8116     saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
8117     nocode_wanted = 1;
8118     gexpr();
8119     *type = vtop->type;
8120     vpop();
8121     nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
8122 }
8123
8124 /* parse a unary expression and return its type without any side
8125    effect. */
8126 static void unary_type(CType *type)
8127 {
8128     int a;
8129
8130     a = nocode_wanted;
8131     nocode_wanted = 1;
8132     unary();
8133     *type = vtop->type;
8134     vpop();
8135     nocode_wanted = a;
8136 }
8137
8138 /* parse a constant expression and return value in vtop.  */
8139 static void expr_const1(void)
8140 {
8141     int a;
8142     a = const_wanted;
8143     const_wanted = 1;
8144     expr_eq();
8145     const_wanted = a;
8146 }
8147
8148 /* parse an integer constant and return its value. */
8149 static int expr_const(void)
8150 {
8151     int c;
8152     expr_const1();
8153     if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL | VT_SYM)) != VT_CONST)
8154         expect("constant expression");
8155     c = vtop->c.i;
8156     vpop();
8157     return c;
8158 }
8159
8160 /* return the label token if current token is a label, otherwise
8161    return zero */
8162 static int is_label(void)
8163 {
8164     int last_tok;
8165
8166     /* fast test first */
8167     if (tok < TOK_UIDENT)
8168         return 0;
8169     /* no need to save tokc because tok is an identifier */
8170     last_tok = tok;
8171     next();
8172     if (tok == ':') {
8173         next();
8174         return last_tok;
8175     } else {
8176         unget_tok(last_tok);
8177         return 0;
8178     }
8179 }
8180
8181 static void block(int *bsym, int *csym, int *case_sym, int *def_sym,
8182                   int case_reg, int is_expr)
8183 {
8184     int a, b, c, d;
8185     Sym *s;
8186
8187     /* generate line number info */
8188     if (do_debug &&
8189         (last_line_num != file->line_num || last_ind != ind)) {
8190         put_stabn(N_SLINE, 0, file->line_num, ind - func_ind);
8191         last_ind = ind;
8192         last_line_num = file->line_num;
8193     }
8194
8195     if (is_expr) {
8196         /* default return value is (void) */
8197         vpushi(0);
8198         vtop->type.t = VT_VOID;
8199     }
8200
8201     if (tok == TOK_IF) {
8202         /* if test */
8203         next();
8204         skip('(');
8205         gexpr();
8206         skip(')');
8207         a = gtst(1, 0);
8208         block(bsym, csym, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
8209         c = tok;
8210         if (c == TOK_ELSE) {
8211             next();
8212             d = gjmp(0);
8213             gsym(a);
8214             block(bsym, csym, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
8215             gsym(d); /* patch else jmp */
8216         } else
8217             gsym(a);
8218     } else if (tok == TOK_WHILE) {
8219         next();
8220         d = ind;
8221         skip('(');
8222         gexpr();
8223         skip(')');
8224         a = gtst(1, 0);
8225         b = 0;
8226         block(&a, &b, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
8227         gjmp_addr(d);
8228         gsym(a);
8229         gsym_addr(b, d);
8230     } else if (tok == '{') {
8231         Sym *llabel;
8232
8233         next();
8234         /* record local declaration stack position */
8235         s = local_stack;
8236         llabel = local_label_stack;
8237         /* handle local labels declarations */
8238         if (tok == TOK_LABEL) {
8239             next();
8240             for(;;) {
8241                 if (tok < TOK_UIDENT)
8242                     expect("label identifier");
8243                 label_push(&local_label_stack, tok, LABEL_DECLARED);
8244                 next();
8245                 if (tok == ',') {
8246                     next();
8247                 } else {
8248                     skip(';');
8249                     break;
8250                 }
8251             }
8252         }
8253         while (tok != '}') {
8254             decl(VT_LOCAL);
8255             if (tok != '}') {
8256                 if (is_expr)
8257                     vpop();
8258                 block(bsym, csym, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, is_expr);
8259             }
8260         }
8261         /* pop locally defined labels */
8262         label_pop(&local_label_stack, llabel);
8263         /* pop locally defined symbols */
8264         if(is_expr) {
8265             /* XXX: this solution makes only valgrind happy...
8266                triggered by gcc.c-torture/execute/20000917-1.c */
8267             Sym *p;
8268             switch(vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) {
8269             case VT_PTR:
8270             case VT_STRUCT:
8271             case VT_ENUM:
8272             case VT_FUNC:
8273                 for(p=vtop->type.ref;p;p=p->prev)
8274                     if(p->prev==s)
8275                         error("unsupported expression type");
8276             }
8277         }
8278         sym_pop(&local_stack, s);
8279         next();
8280     } else if (tok == TOK_RETURN) {
8281         next();
8282         if (tok != ';') {
8283             gexpr();
8284             gen_assign_cast(&func_vt);
8285             if ((func_vt.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) {
8286                 CType type;
8287                 /* if returning structure, must copy it to implicit
8288                    first pointer arg location */
8289 #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
8290                 int align, size;
8291                 size = type_size(&func_vt,&align);
8292                 if(size <= 4)
8293                 {
8294                     if((vtop->r != (VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL) || (vtop->c.i & 3))
8295                        && (align & 3))
8296                     {
8297                         int addr;
8298                         loc = (loc - size) & -4;
8299                         addr = loc;
8300                         type = func_vt;
8301                         vset(&type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, addr);
8302                         vswap();
8303                         vstore();
8304                         vset(&int_type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, addr);
8305                     }
8306                     vtop->type = int_type;
8307                     gv(RC_IRET);
8308                 } else {
8309 #endif
8310                 type = func_vt;
8311                 mk_pointer(&type);
8312                 vset(&type, VT_LOCAL | VT_LVAL, func_vc);
8313                 indir();
8314                 vswap();
8315                 /* copy structure value to pointer */
8316                 vstore();
8317 #ifdef TCC_ARM_EABI
8318                 }
8319 #endif
8320             } else if (is_float(func_vt.t)) {
8321                 gv(RC_FRET);
8322             } else {
8323                 gv(RC_IRET);
8324             }
8325             vtop--; /* NOT vpop() because on x86 it would flush the fp stack */
8326         }
8327         skip(';');
8328         rsym = gjmp(rsym); /* jmp */
8329     } else if (tok == TOK_BREAK) {
8330         /* compute jump */
8331         if (!bsym)
8332             error("cannot break");
8333         *bsym = gjmp(*bsym);
8334         next();
8335         skip(';');
8336     } else if (tok == TOK_CONTINUE) {
8337         /* compute jump */
8338         if (!csym)
8339             error("cannot continue");
8340         *csym = gjmp(*csym);
8341         next();
8342         skip(';');
8343     } else if (tok == TOK_FOR) {
8344         int e;
8345         next();
8346         skip('(');
8347         if (tok != ';') {
8348             gexpr();
8349             vpop();
8350         }
8351         skip(';');
8352         d = ind;
8353         c = ind;
8354         a = 0;
8355         b = 0;
8356         if (tok != ';') {
8357             gexpr();
8358             a = gtst(1, 0);
8359         }
8360         skip(';');
8361         if (tok != ')') {
8362             e = gjmp(0);
8363             c = ind;
8364             gexpr();
8365             vpop();
8366             gjmp_addr(d);
8367             gsym(e);
8368         }
8369         skip(')');
8370         block(&a, &b, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
8371         gjmp_addr(c);
8372         gsym(a);
8373         gsym_addr(b, c);
8374     } else
8375     if (tok == TOK_DO) {
8376         next();
8377         a = 0;
8378         b = 0;
8379         d = ind;
8380         block(&a, &b, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, 0);
8381         skip(TOK_WHILE);
8382         skip('(');
8383         gsym(b);
8384         gexpr();
8385         c = gtst(0, 0);
8386         gsym_addr(c, d);
8387         skip(')');
8388         gsym(a);
8389         skip(';');
8390     } else
8391     if (tok == TOK_SWITCH) {
8392         next();
8393         skip('(');
8394         gexpr();
8395         /* XXX: other types than integer */
8396         case_reg = gv(RC_INT);
8397         vpop();
8398         skip(')');
8399         a = 0;
8400         b = gjmp(0); /* jump to first case */
8401         c = 0;
8402         block(&a, csym, &b, &c, case_reg, 0);
8403         /* if no default, jmp after switch */
8404         if (c == 0)
8405             c = ind;
8406         /* default label */
8407         gsym_addr(b, c);
8408         /* break label */
8409         gsym(a);
8410     } else
8411     if (tok == TOK_CASE) {
8412         int v1, v2;
8413         if (!case_sym)
8414             expect("switch");
8415         next();
8416         v1 = expr_const();
8417         v2 = v1;
8418         if (gnu_ext && tok == TOK_DOTS) {
8419             next();
8420             v2 = expr_const();
8421             if (v2 < v1)
8422                 warning("empty case range");
8423         }
8424         /* since a case is like a label, we must skip it with a jmp */
8425         b = gjmp(0);
8426         gsym(*case_sym);
8427         vseti(case_reg, 0);
8428         vpushi(v1);
8429         if (v1 == v2) {
8430             gen_op(TOK_EQ);
8431             *case_sym = gtst(1, 0);
8432         } else {
8433             gen_op(TOK_GE);
8434             *case_sym = gtst(1, 0);
8435             vseti(case_reg, 0);
8436             vpushi(v2);
8437             gen_op(TOK_LE);
8438             *case_sym = gtst(1, *case_sym);
8439         }
8440         gsym(b);
8441         skip(':');
8442         is_expr = 0;
8443         goto block_after_label;
8444     } else
8445     if (tok == TOK_DEFAULT) {
8446         next();
8447         skip(':');
8448         if (!def_sym)
8449             expect("switch");
8450         if (*def_sym)
8451             error("too many 'default'");
8452         *def_sym = ind;
8453         is_expr = 0;
8454         goto block_after_label;
8455     } else
8456     if (tok == TOK_GOTO) {
8457         next();
8458         if (tok == '*' && gnu_ext) {
8459             /* computed goto */
8460             next();
8461             gexpr();
8462             if ((vtop->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_PTR)
8463                 expect("pointer");
8464             ggoto();
8465         } else if (tok >= TOK_UIDENT) {
8466             s = label_find(tok);
8467             /* put forward definition if needed */
8468             if (!s) {
8469                 s = label_push(&global_label_stack, tok, LABEL_FORWARD);
8470             } else {
8471                 if (s->r == LABEL_DECLARED)
8472                     s->r = LABEL_FORWARD;
8473             }
8474             /* label already defined */
8475             if (s->r & LABEL_FORWARD)
8476                 s->next = (void *)gjmp((long)s->next);
8477             else
8478                 gjmp_addr((long)s->next);
8479             next();
8480         } else {
8481             expect("label identifier");
8482         }
8483         skip(';');
8484     } else if (tok == TOK_ASM1 || tok == TOK_ASM2 || tok == TOK_ASM3) {
8485         asm_instr();
8486     } else {
8487         b = is_label();
8488         if (b) {
8489             /* label case */
8490             s = label_find(b);
8491             if (s) {
8492                 if (s->r == LABEL_DEFINED)
8493                     error("duplicate label '%s'", get_tok_str(s->v, NULL));
8494                 gsym((long)s->next);
8495                 s->r = LABEL_DEFINED;
8496             } else {
8497                 s = label_push(&global_label_stack, b, LABEL_DEFINED);
8498             }
8499             s->next = (void *)ind;
8500             /* we accept this, but it is a mistake */
8501         block_after_label:
8502             if (tok == '}') {
8503                 warning("deprecated use of label at end of compound statement");
8504             } else {
8505                 if (is_expr)
8506                     vpop();
8507                 block(bsym, csym, case_sym, def_sym, case_reg, is_expr);
8508             }
8509         } else {
8510             /* expression case */
8511             if (tok != ';') {
8512                 if (is_expr) {
8513                     vpop();
8514                     gexpr();
8515                 } else {
8516                     gexpr();
8517                     vpop();
8518                 }
8519             }
8520             skip(';');
8521         }
8522     }
8523 }
8524
8525 /* t is the array or struct type. c is the array or struct
8526    address. cur_index/cur_field is the pointer to the current
8527    value. 'size_only' is true if only size info is needed (only used
8528    in arrays) */
8529 static void decl_designator(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c,
8530                             int *cur_index, Sym **cur_field,
8531                             int size_only)
8532 {
8533     Sym *s, *f;
8534     int notfirst, index, index_last, align, l, nb_elems, elem_size;
8535     CType type1;
8536
8537     notfirst = 0;
8538     elem_size = 0;
8539     nb_elems = 1;
8540     if (gnu_ext && (l = is_label()) != 0)
8541         goto struct_field;
8542     while (tok == '[' || tok == '.') {
8543         if (tok == '[') {
8544             if (!(type->t & VT_ARRAY))
8545                 expect("array type");
8546             s = type->ref;
8547             next();
8548             index = expr_const();
8549             if (index < 0 || (s->c >= 0 && index >= s->c))
8550                 expect("invalid index");
8551             if (tok == TOK_DOTS && gnu_ext) {
8552                 next();
8553                 index_last = expr_const();
8554                 if (index_last < 0 ||
8555                     (s->c >= 0 && index_last >= s->c) ||
8556                     index_last < index)
8557                     expect("invalid index");
8558             } else {
8559                 index_last = index;
8560             }
8561             skip(']');
8562             if (!notfirst)
8563                 *cur_index = index_last;
8564             type = pointed_type(type);
8565             elem_size = type_size(type, &align);
8566             c += index * elem_size;
8567             /* NOTE: we only support ranges for last designator */
8568             nb_elems = index_last - index + 1;
8569             if (nb_elems != 1) {
8570                 notfirst = 1;
8571                 break;
8572             }
8573         } else {
8574             next();
8575             l = tok;
8576             next();
8577         struct_field:
8578             if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_STRUCT)
8579                 expect("struct/union type");
8580             s = type->ref;
8581             l |= SYM_FIELD;
8582             f = s->next;
8583             while (f) {
8584                 if (f->v == l)
8585                     break;
8586                 f = f->next;
8587             }
8588             if (!f)
8589                 expect("field");
8590             if (!notfirst)
8591                 *cur_field = f;
8592             /* XXX: fix this mess by using explicit storage field */
8593             type1 = f->type;
8594             type1.t |= (type->t & ~VT_TYPE);
8595             type = &type1;
8596             c += f->c;
8597         }
8598         notfirst = 1;
8599     }
8600     if (notfirst) {
8601         if (tok == '=') {
8602             next();
8603         } else {
8604             if (!gnu_ext)
8605                 expect("=");
8606         }
8607     } else {
8608         if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
8609             index = *cur_index;
8610             type = pointed_type(type);
8611             c += index * type_size(type, &align);
8612         } else {
8613             f = *cur_field;
8614             if (!f)
8615                 error("too many field init");
8616             /* XXX: fix this mess by using explicit storage field */
8617             type1 = f->type;
8618             type1.t |= (type->t & ~VT_TYPE);
8619             type = &type1;
8620             c += f->c;
8621         }
8622     }
8623     decl_initializer(type, sec, c, 0, size_only);
8624
8625     /* XXX: make it more general */
8626     if (!size_only && nb_elems > 1) {
8627         unsigned long c_end;
8628         uint8_t *src, *dst;
8629         int i;
8630
8631         if (!sec)
8632             error("range init not supported yet for dynamic storage");
8633         c_end = c + nb_elems * elem_size;
8634         if (c_end > sec->data_allocated)
8635             section_realloc(sec, c_end);
8636         src = sec->data + c;
8637         dst = src;
8638         for(i = 1; i < nb_elems; i++) {
8639             dst += elem_size;
8640             memcpy(dst, src, elem_size);
8641         }
8642     }
8643 }
8644
8645 #define EXPR_VAL   0
8646 #define EXPR_CONST 1
8647 #define EXPR_ANY   2
8648
8649 /* store a value or an expression directly in global data or in local array */
8650 static void init_putv(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c,
8651                       int v, int expr_type)
8652 {
8653     int saved_global_expr, bt, bit_pos, bit_size;
8654     void *ptr;
8655     unsigned long long bit_mask;
8656     CType dtype;
8657
8658     switch(expr_type) {
8659     case EXPR_VAL:
8660         vpushi(v);
8661         break;
8662     case EXPR_CONST:
8663         /* compound literals must be allocated globally in this case */
8664         saved_global_expr = global_expr;
8665         global_expr = 1;
8666         expr_const1();
8667         global_expr = saved_global_expr;
8668         /* NOTE: symbols are accepted */
8669         if ((vtop->r & (VT_VALMASK | VT_LVAL)) != VT_CONST)
8670             error("initializer element is not constant");
8671         break;
8672     case EXPR_ANY:
8673         expr_eq();
8674         break;
8675     }
8676
8677     dtype = *type;
8678     dtype.t &= ~VT_CONSTANT; /* need to do that to avoid false warning */
8679
8680     if (sec) {
8681         /* XXX: not portable */
8682         /* XXX: generate error if incorrect relocation */
8683         gen_assign_cast(&dtype);
8684         bt = type->t & VT_BTYPE;
8685         ptr = sec->data + c;
8686         /* XXX: make code faster ? */
8687         if (!(type->t & VT_BITFIELD)) {
8688             bit_pos = 0;
8689             bit_size = 32;
8690             bit_mask = -1LL;
8691         } else {
8692             bit_pos = (vtop->type.t >> VT_STRUCT_SHIFT) & 0x3f;
8693             bit_size = (vtop->type.t >> (VT_STRUCT_SHIFT + 6)) & 0x3f;
8694             bit_mask = (1LL << bit_size) - 1;
8695         }
8696         if ((vtop->r & VT_SYM) &&
8697             (bt == VT_BYTE ||
8698              bt == VT_SHORT ||
8699              bt == VT_DOUBLE ||
8700              bt == VT_LDOUBLE ||
8701              bt == VT_LLONG ||
8702              (bt == VT_INT && bit_size != 32)))
8703             error("initializer element is not computable at load time");
8704         switch(bt) {
8705         case VT_BOOL:
8706             vtop->c.i = (vtop->c.i != 0);
8707         case VT_BYTE:
8708             *(char *)ptr |= (vtop->c.i & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
8709             break;
8710         case VT_SHORT:
8711             *(short *)ptr |= (vtop->c.i & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
8712             break;
8713         case VT_DOUBLE:
8714             *(double *)ptr = vtop->c.d;
8715             break;
8716         case VT_LDOUBLE:
8717             *(long double *)ptr = vtop->c.ld;
8718             break;
8719         case VT_LLONG:
8720             *(long long *)ptr |= (vtop->c.ll & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
8721             break;
8722         default:
8723             if (vtop->r & VT_SYM) {
8724                 greloc(sec, vtop->sym, c, R_DATA_32);
8725             }
8726             *(int *)ptr |= (vtop->c.i & bit_mask) << bit_pos;
8727             break;
8728         }
8729         vtop--;
8730     } else {
8731         vset(&dtype, VT_LOCAL|VT_LVAL, c);
8732         vswap();
8733         vstore();
8734         vpop();
8735     }
8736 }
8737
8738 /* put zeros for variable based init */
8739 static void init_putz(CType *t, Section *sec, unsigned long c, int size)
8740 {
8741     if (sec) {
8742         /* nothing to do because globals are already set to zero */
8743     } else {
8744         vpush_global_sym(&func_old_type, TOK_memset);
8745         vseti(VT_LOCAL, c);
8746         vpushi(0);
8747         vpushi(size);
8748         gfunc_call(3);
8749     }
8750 }
8751
8752 /* 't' contains the type and storage info. 'c' is the offset of the
8753    object in section 'sec'. If 'sec' is NULL, it means stack based
8754    allocation. 'first' is true if array '{' must be read (multi
8755    dimension implicit array init handling). 'size_only' is true if
8756    size only evaluation is wanted (only for arrays). */
8757 static void decl_initializer(CType *type, Section *sec, unsigned long c,
8758                              int first, int size_only)
8759 {
8760     int index, array_length, n, no_oblock, nb, parlevel, i;
8761     int size1, align1, expr_type;
8762     Sym *s, *f;
8763     CType *t1;
8764
8765     if (type->t & VT_ARRAY) {
8766         s = type->ref;
8767         n = s->c;
8768         array_length = 0;
8769         t1 = pointed_type(type);
8770         size1 = type_size(t1, &align1);
8771
8772         no_oblock = 1;
8773         if ((first && tok != TOK_LSTR && tok != TOK_STR) ||
8774             tok == '{') {
8775             skip('{');
8776             no_oblock = 0;
8777         }
8778
8779         /* only parse strings here if correct type (otherwise: handle
8780            them as ((w)char *) expressions */
8781         if ((tok == TOK_LSTR &&
8782 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
8783              (t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_SHORT && (t1->t & VT_UNSIGNED)
8784 #else
8785              (t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_INT
8786 #endif
8787             ) || (tok == TOK_STR && (t1->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_BYTE)) {
8788             while (tok == TOK_STR || tok == TOK_LSTR) {
8789                 int cstr_len, ch;
8790                 CString *cstr;
8791
8792                 cstr = tokc.cstr;
8793                 /* compute maximum number of chars wanted */
8794                 if (tok == TOK_STR)
8795                     cstr_len = cstr->size;
8796                 else
8797                     cstr_len = cstr->size / sizeof(nwchar_t);
8798                 cstr_len--;
8799                 nb = cstr_len;
8800                 if (n >= 0 && nb > (n - array_length))
8801                     nb = n - array_length;
8802                 if (!size_only) {
8803                     if (cstr_len > nb)
8804                         warning("initializer-string for array is too long");
8805                     /* in order to go faster for common case (char
8806                        string in global variable, we handle it
8807                        specifically */
8808                     if (sec && tok == TOK_STR && size1 == 1) {
8809                         memcpy(sec->data + c + array_length, cstr->data, nb);
8810                     } else {
8811                         for(i=0;i<nb;i++) {
8812                             if (tok == TOK_STR)
8813                                 ch = ((unsigned char *)cstr->data)[i];
8814                             else
8815                                 ch = ((nwchar_t *)cstr->data)[i];
8816                             init_putv(t1, sec, c + (array_length + i) * size1,
8817                                       ch, EXPR_VAL);
8818                         }
8819                     }
8820                 }
8821                 array_length += nb;
8822                 next();
8823             }
8824             /* only add trailing zero if enough storage (no
8825                warning in this case since it is standard) */
8826             if (n < 0 || array_length < n) {
8827                 if (!size_only) {
8828                     init_putv(t1, sec, c + (array_length * size1), 0, EXPR_VAL);
8829                 }
8830                 array_length++;
8831             }
8832         } else {
8833             index = 0;
8834             while (tok != '}') {
8835                 decl_designator(type, sec, c, &index, NULL, size_only);
8836                 if (n >= 0 && index >= n)
8837                     error("index too large");
8838                 /* must put zero in holes (note that doing it that way
8839                    ensures that it even works with designators) */
8840                 if (!size_only && array_length < index) {
8841                     init_putz(t1, sec, c + array_length * size1,
8842                               (index - array_length) * size1);
8843                 }
8844                 index++;
8845                 if (index > array_length)
8846                     array_length = index;
8847                 /* special test for multi dimensional arrays (may not
8848                    be strictly correct if designators are used at the
8849                    same time) */
8850                 if (index >= n && no_oblock)
8851                     break;
8852                 if (tok == '}')
8853                     break;
8854                 skip(',');
8855             }
8856         }
8857         if (!no_oblock)
8858             skip('}');
8859         /* put zeros at the end */
8860         if (!size_only && n >= 0 && array_length < n) {
8861             init_putz(t1, sec, c + array_length * size1,
8862                       (n - array_length) * size1);
8863         }
8864         /* patch type size if needed */
8865         if (n < 0)
8866             s->c = array_length;
8867     } else if ((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT &&
8868                (sec || !first || tok == '{')) {
8869         int par_count;
8870
8871         /* NOTE: the previous test is a specific case for automatic
8872            struct/union init */
8873         /* XXX: union needs only one init */
8874
8875         /* XXX: this test is incorrect for local initializers
8876            beginning with ( without {. It would be much more difficult
8877            to do it correctly (ideally, the expression parser should
8878            be used in all cases) */
8879         par_count = 0;
8880         if (tok == '(') {
8881             AttributeDef ad1;
8882             CType type1;
8883             next();
8884             while (tok == '(') {
8885                 par_count++;
8886                 next();
8887             }
8888             if (!parse_btype(&type1, &ad1))
8889                 expect("cast");
8890             type_decl(&type1, &ad1, &n, TYPE_ABSTRACT);
8891 #if 0
8892             if (!is_assignable_types(type, &type1))
8893                 error("invalid type for cast");
8894 #endif
8895             skip(')');
8896         }
8897         no_oblock = 1;
8898         if (first || tok == '{') {
8899             skip('{');
8900             no_oblock = 0;
8901         }
8902         s = type->ref;
8903         f = s->next;
8904         array_length = 0;
8905         index = 0;
8906         n = s->c;
8907         while (tok != '}') {
8908             decl_designator(type, sec, c, NULL, &f, size_only);
8909             index = f->c;
8910             if (!size_only && array_length < index) {
8911                 init_putz(type, sec, c + array_length,
8912                           index - array_length);
8913             }
8914             index = index + type_size(&f->type, &align1);
8915             if (index > array_length)
8916                 array_length = index;
8917             f = f->next;
8918             if (no_oblock && f == NULL)
8919                 break;
8920             if (tok == '}')
8921                 break;
8922             skip(',');
8923         }
8924         /* put zeros at the end */
8925         if (!size_only && array_length < n) {
8926             init_putz(type, sec, c + array_length,
8927                       n - array_length);
8928         }
8929         if (!no_oblock)
8930             skip('}');
8931         while (par_count) {
8932             skip(')');
8933             par_count--;
8934         }
8935     } else if (tok == '{') {
8936         next();
8937         decl_initializer(type, sec, c, first, size_only);
8938         skip('}');
8939     } else if (size_only) {
8940         /* just skip expression */
8941         parlevel = 0;
8942         while ((parlevel > 0 || (tok != '}' && tok != ',')) &&
8943                tok != -1) {
8944             if (tok == '(')
8945                 parlevel++;
8946             else if (tok == ')')
8947                 parlevel--;
8948             next();
8949         }
8950     } else {
8951         /* currently, we always use constant expression for globals
8952            (may change for scripting case) */
8953         expr_type = EXPR_CONST;
8954         if (!sec)
8955             expr_type = EXPR_ANY;
8956         init_putv(type, sec, c, 0, expr_type);
8957     }
8958 }
8959
8960 /* parse an initializer for type 't' if 'has_init' is non zero, and
8961    allocate space in local or global data space ('r' is either
8962    VT_LOCAL or VT_CONST). If 'v' is non zero, then an associated
8963    variable 'v' of scope 'scope' is declared before initializers are
8964    parsed. If 'v' is zero, then a reference to the new object is put
8965    in the value stack. If 'has_init' is 2, a special parsing is done
8966    to handle string constants. */
8967 static void decl_initializer_alloc(CType *type, AttributeDef *ad, int r,
8968                                    int has_init, int v, int scope)
8969 {
8970     int size, align, addr, data_offset;
8971     int level;
8972     ParseState saved_parse_state;
8973     TokenString init_str;
8974     Section *sec;
8975
8976     size = type_size(type, &align);
8977     /* If unknown size, we must evaluate it before
8978        evaluating initializers because
8979        initializers can generate global data too
8980        (e.g. string pointers or ISOC99 compound
8981        literals). It also simplifies local
8982        initializers handling */
8983     tok_str_new(&init_str);
8984     if (size < 0) {
8985         if (!has_init)
8986             error("unknown type size");
8987         /* get all init string */
8988         if (has_init == 2) {
8989             /* only get strings */
8990             while (tok == TOK_STR || tok == TOK_LSTR) {
8991                 tok_str_add_tok(&init_str);
8992                 next();
8993             }
8994         } else {
8995             level = 0;
8996             while (level > 0 || (tok != ',' && tok != ';')) {
8997                 if (tok < 0)
8998                     error("unexpected end of file in initializer");
8999                 tok_str_add_tok(&init_str);
9000                 if (tok == '{')
9001                     level++;
9002                 else if (tok == '}') {
9003                     if (level == 0)
9004                         break;
9005                     level--;
9006                 }
9007                 next();
9008             }
9009         }
9010         tok_str_add(&init_str, -1);
9011         tok_str_add(&init_str, 0);
9012
9013         /* compute size */
9014         save_parse_state(&saved_parse_state);
9015
9016         macro_ptr = init_str.str;
9017         next();
9018         decl_initializer(type, NULL, 0, 1, 1);
9019         /* prepare second initializer parsing */
9020         macro_ptr = init_str.str;
9021         next();
9022
9023         /* if still unknown size, error */
9024         size = type_size(type, &align);
9025         if (size < 0)
9026             error("unknown type size");
9027     }
9028     /* take into account specified alignment if bigger */
9029     if (ad->aligned) {
9030         if (ad->aligned > align)
9031             align = ad->aligned;
9032     } else if (ad->packed) {
9033         align = 1;
9034     }
9035     if ((r & VT_VALMASK) == VT_LOCAL) {
9036         sec = NULL;
9037         if (do_bounds_check && (type->t & VT_ARRAY))
9038             loc--;
9039         loc = (loc - size) & -align;
9040         addr = loc;
9041         /* handles bounds */
9042         /* XXX: currently, since we do only one pass, we cannot track
9043            '&' operators, so we add only arrays */
9044         if (do_bounds_check && (type->t & VT_ARRAY)) {
9045             unsigned long *bounds_ptr;
9046             /* add padding between regions */
9047             loc--;
9048             /* then add local bound info */
9049             bounds_ptr = section_ptr_add(lbounds_section, 2 * sizeof(unsigned long));
9050             bounds_ptr[0] = addr;
9051             bounds_ptr[1] = size;
9052         }
9053         if (v) {
9054             /* local variable */
9055             sym_push(v, type, r, addr);
9056         } else {
9057             /* push local reference */
9058             vset(type, r, addr);
9059         }
9060     } else {
9061         Sym *sym;
9062
9063         sym = NULL;
9064         if (v && scope == VT_CONST) {
9065             /* see if the symbol was already defined */
9066             sym = sym_find(v);
9067             if (sym) {
9068                 if (!is_compatible_types(&sym->type, type))
9069                     error("incompatible types for redefinition of '%s'",
9070                           get_tok_str(v, NULL));
9071                 if (sym->type.t & VT_EXTERN) {
9072                     /* if the variable is extern, it was not allocated */
9073                     sym->type.t &= ~VT_EXTERN;
9074                     /* set array size if it was ommited in extern
9075                        declaration */
9076                     if ((sym->type.t & VT_ARRAY) &&
9077                         sym->type.ref->c < 0 &&
9078                         type->ref->c >= 0)
9079                         sym->type.ref->c = type->ref->c;
9080                 } else {
9081                     /* we accept several definitions of the same
9082                        global variable. this is tricky, because we
9083                        must play with the SHN_COMMON type of the symbol */
9084                     /* XXX: should check if the variable was already
9085                        initialized. It is incorrect to initialized it
9086                        twice */
9087                     /* no init data, we won't add more to the symbol */
9088                     if (!has_init)
9089                         goto no_alloc;
9090                 }
9091             }
9092         }
9093
9094         /* allocate symbol in corresponding section */
9095         sec = ad->section;
9096         if (!sec) {
9097             if (has_init)
9098                 sec = data_section;
9099             else if (tcc_state->nocommon)
9100                 sec = bss_section;
9101         }
9102         if (sec) {
9103             data_offset = sec->data_offset;
9104             data_offset = (data_offset + align - 1) & -align;
9105             addr = data_offset;
9106             /* very important to increment global pointer at this time
9107                because initializers themselves can create new initializers */
9108             data_offset += size;
9109             /* add padding if bound check */
9110             if (do_bounds_check)
9111                 data_offset++;
9112             sec->data_offset = data_offset;
9113             /* allocate section space to put the data */
9114             if (sec->sh_type != SHT_NOBITS &&
9115                 data_offset > sec->data_allocated)
9116                 section_realloc(sec, data_offset);
9117             /* align section if needed */
9118             if (align > sec->sh_addralign)
9119                 sec->sh_addralign = align;
9120         } else {
9121             addr = 0; /* avoid warning */
9122         }
9123
9124         if (v) {
9125             if (scope != VT_CONST || !sym) {
9126                 sym = sym_push(v, type, r | VT_SYM, 0);
9127             }
9128             /* update symbol definition */
9129             if (sec) {
9130                 put_extern_sym(sym, sec, addr, size);
9131             } else {
9132                 Elf32_Sym *esym;
9133                 /* put a common area */
9134                 put_extern_sym(sym, NULL, align, size);
9135                 /* XXX: find a nicer way */
9136                 esym = &((Elf32_Sym *)symtab_section->data)[sym->c];
9137                 esym->st_shndx = SHN_COMMON;
9138             }
9139         } else {
9140             CValue cval;
9141
9142             /* push global reference */
9143             sym = get_sym_ref(type, sec, addr, size);
9144             cval.ul = 0;
9145             vsetc(type, VT_CONST | VT_SYM, &cval);
9146             vtop->sym = sym;
9147         }
9148
9149         /* handles bounds now because the symbol must be defined
9150            before for the relocation */
9151         if (do_bounds_check) {
9152             unsigned long *bounds_ptr;
9153
9154             greloc(bounds_section, sym, bounds_section->data_offset, R_DATA_32);
9155             /* then add global bound info */
9156             bounds_ptr = section_ptr_add(bounds_section, 2 * sizeof(long));
9157             bounds_ptr[0] = 0; /* relocated */
9158             bounds_ptr[1] = size;
9159         }
9160     }
9161     if (has_init) {
9162         decl_initializer(type, sec, addr, 1, 0);
9163         /* restore parse state if needed */
9164         if (init_str.str) {
9165             tok_str_free(init_str.str);
9166             restore_parse_state(&saved_parse_state);
9167         }
9168     }
9169  no_alloc: ;
9170 }
9171
9172 void put_func_debug(Sym *sym)
9173 {
9174     char buf[512];
9175
9176     /* stabs info */
9177     /* XXX: we put here a dummy type */
9178     snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s:%c1",
9179              funcname, sym->type.t & VT_STATIC ? 'f' : 'F');
9180     put_stabs_r(buf, N_FUN, 0, file->line_num, 0,
9181                 cur_text_section, sym->c);
9182     /* //gr gdb wants a line at the function */
9183     put_stabn(N_SLINE, 0, file->line_num, 0);
9184     last_ind = 0;
9185     last_line_num = 0;
9186 }
9187
9188 /* parse an old style function declaration list */
9189 /* XXX: check multiple parameter */
9190 static void func_decl_list(Sym *func_sym)
9191 {
9192     AttributeDef ad;
9193     int v;
9194     Sym *s;
9195     CType btype, type;
9196
9197     /* parse each declaration */
9198     while (tok != '{' && tok != ';' && tok != ',' && tok != TOK_EOF) {
9199         if (!parse_btype(&btype, &ad))
9200             expect("declaration list");
9201         if (((btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_ENUM ||
9202              (btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) &&
9203             tok == ';') {
9204             /* we accept no variable after */
9205         } else {
9206             for(;;) {
9207                 type = btype;
9208                 type_decl(&type, &ad, &v, TYPE_DIRECT);
9209                 /* find parameter in function parameter list */
9210                 s = func_sym->next;
9211                 while (s != NULL) {
9212                     if ((s->v & ~SYM_FIELD) == v)
9213                         goto found;
9214                     s = s->next;
9215                 }
9216                 error("declaration for parameter '%s' but no such parameter",
9217                       get_tok_str(v, NULL));
9218             found:
9219                 /* check that no storage specifier except 'register' was given */
9220                 if (type.t & VT_STORAGE)
9221                     error("storage class specified for '%s'", get_tok_str(v, NULL));
9222                 convert_parameter_type(&type);
9223                 /* we can add the type (NOTE: it could be local to the function) */
9224                 s->type = type;
9225                 /* accept other parameters */
9226                 if (tok == ',')
9227                     next();
9228                 else
9229                     break;
9230             }
9231         }
9232         skip(';');
9233     }
9234 }
9235
9236 /* parse a function defined by symbol 'sym' and generate its code in
9237    'cur_text_section' */
9238 static void gen_function(Sym *sym)
9239 {
9240     int saved_nocode_wanted = nocode_wanted;
9241     nocode_wanted = 0;
9242     ind = cur_text_section->data_offset;
9243     /* NOTE: we patch the symbol size later */
9244     put_extern_sym(sym, cur_text_section, ind, 0);
9245     funcname = get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL);
9246     func_ind = ind;
9247     /* put debug symbol */
9248     if (do_debug)
9249         put_func_debug(sym);
9250     /* push a dummy symbol to enable local sym storage */
9251     sym_push2(&local_stack, SYM_FIELD, 0, 0);
9252     gfunc_prolog(&sym->type);
9253     rsym = 0;
9254     block(NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, 0, 0);
9255     gsym(rsym);
9256     gfunc_epilog();
9257     cur_text_section->data_offset = ind;
9258     label_pop(&global_label_stack, NULL);
9259     sym_pop(&local_stack, NULL); /* reset local stack */
9260     /* end of function */
9261     /* patch symbol size */
9262     ((Elf32_Sym *)symtab_section->data)[sym->c].st_size =
9263         ind - func_ind;
9264     if (do_debug) {
9265         put_stabn(N_FUN, 0, 0, ind - func_ind);
9266     }
9267     /* It's better to crash than to generate wrong code */
9268     cur_text_section = NULL;
9269     funcname = ""; /* for safety */
9270     func_vt.t = VT_VOID; /* for safety */
9271     ind = 0; /* for safety */
9272     nocode_wanted = saved_nocode_wanted;
9273 }
9274
9275 static void gen_inline_functions(void)
9276 {
9277     Sym *sym;
9278     CType *type;
9279     int *str, inline_generated;
9280
9281     /* iterate while inline function are referenced */
9282     for(;;) {
9283         inline_generated = 0;
9284         for(sym = global_stack; sym != NULL; sym = sym->prev) {
9285             type = &sym->type;
9286             if (((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) &&
9287                 (type->t & (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE)) ==
9288                 (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE) &&
9289                 sym->c != 0) {
9290                 /* the function was used: generate its code and
9291                    convert it to a normal function */
9292                 str = INLINE_DEF(sym->r);
9293                 sym->r = VT_SYM | VT_CONST;
9294                 sym->type.t &= ~VT_INLINE;
9295
9296                 macro_ptr = str;
9297                 next();
9298                 cur_text_section = text_section;
9299                 gen_function(sym);
9300                 macro_ptr = NULL; /* fail safe */
9301
9302                 tok_str_free(str);
9303                 inline_generated = 1;
9304             }
9305         }
9306         if (!inline_generated)
9307             break;
9308     }
9309
9310     /* free all remaining inline function tokens */
9311     for(sym = global_stack; sym != NULL; sym = sym->prev) {
9312         type = &sym->type;
9313         if (((type->t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) &&
9314             (type->t & (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE)) ==
9315             (VT_STATIC | VT_INLINE)) {
9316             //gr printf("sym %d %s\n", sym->r, get_tok_str(sym->v, NULL));
9317             if (sym->r == (VT_SYM | VT_CONST)) //gr beware!
9318                 continue;
9319             str = INLINE_DEF(sym->r);
9320             tok_str_free(str);
9321             sym->r = 0; /* fail safe */
9322         }
9323     }
9324 }
9325
9326 /* 'l' is VT_LOCAL or VT_CONST to define default storage type */
9327 static void decl(int l)
9328 {
9329     int v, has_init, r;
9330     CType type, btype;
9331     Sym *sym;
9332     AttributeDef ad;
9333
9334     while (1) {
9335         if (!parse_btype(&btype, &ad)) {
9336             /* skip redundant ';' */
9337             /* XXX: find more elegant solution */
9338             if (tok == ';') {
9339                 next();
9340                 continue;
9341             }
9342             if (l == VT_CONST &&
9343                 (tok == TOK_ASM1 || tok == TOK_ASM2 || tok == TOK_ASM3)) {
9344                 /* global asm block */
9345                 asm_global_instr();
9346                 continue;
9347             }
9348             /* special test for old K&R protos without explicit int
9349                type. Only accepted when defining global data */
9350             if (l == VT_LOCAL || tok < TOK_DEFINE)
9351                 break;
9352             btype.t = VT_INT;
9353         }
9354         if (((btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_ENUM ||
9355              (btype.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_STRUCT) &&
9356             tok == ';') {
9357             /* we accept no variable after */
9358             next();
9359             continue;
9360         }
9361         while (1) { /* iterate thru each declaration */
9362             type = btype;
9363             type_decl(&type, &ad, &v, TYPE_DIRECT);
9364 #if 0
9365             {
9366                 char buf[500];
9367                 type_to_str(buf, sizeof(buf), t, get_tok_str(v, NULL));
9368                 printf("type = '%s'\n", buf);
9369             }
9370 #endif
9371             if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
9372                 /* if old style function prototype, we accept a
9373                    declaration list */
9374                 sym = type.ref;
9375                 if (sym->c == FUNC_OLD)
9376                     func_decl_list(sym);
9377             }
9378
9379             if (tok == '{') {
9380                 if (l == VT_LOCAL)
9381                     error("cannot use local functions");
9382                 if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
9383                     expect("function definition");
9384
9385                 /* reject abstract declarators in function definition */
9386                 sym = type.ref;
9387                 while ((sym = sym->next) != NULL)
9388                     if (!(sym->v & ~SYM_FIELD))
9389                        expect("identifier");
9390
9391                 /* XXX: cannot do better now: convert extern line to static inline */
9392                 if ((type.t & (VT_EXTERN | VT_INLINE)) == (VT_EXTERN | VT_INLINE))
9393                     type.t = (type.t & ~VT_EXTERN) | VT_STATIC;
9394
9395                 sym = sym_find(v);
9396                 if (sym) {
9397                     if ((sym->type.t & VT_BTYPE) != VT_FUNC)
9398                         goto func_error1;
9399                     /* specific case: if not func_call defined, we put
9400                        the one of the prototype */
9401                     /* XXX: should have default value */
9402                     r = sym->type.ref->r;
9403                     if (FUNC_CALL(r) != FUNC_CDECL
9404                      && FUNC_CALL(type.ref->r) == FUNC_CDECL)
9405                         FUNC_CALL(type.ref->r) = FUNC_CALL(r);
9406                     if (FUNC_EXPORT(r))
9407                         FUNC_EXPORT(type.ref->r) = 1;
9408
9409                     if (!is_compatible_types(&sym->type, &type)) {
9410                     func_error1:
9411                         error("incompatible types for redefinition of '%s'",
9412                               get_tok_str(v, NULL));
9413                     }
9414                     /* if symbol is already defined, then put complete type */
9415                     sym->type = type;
9416                 } else {
9417                     /* put function symbol */
9418                     sym = global_identifier_push(v, type.t, 0);
9419                     sym->type.ref = type.ref;
9420                 }
9421
9422                 /* static inline functions are just recorded as a kind
9423                    of macro. Their code will be emitted at the end of
9424                    the compilation unit only if they are used */
9425                 if ((type.t & (VT_INLINE | VT_STATIC)) ==
9426                     (VT_INLINE | VT_STATIC)) {
9427                     TokenString func_str;
9428                     int block_level;
9429
9430                     tok_str_new(&func_str);
9431
9432                     block_level = 0;
9433                     for(;;) {
9434                         int t;
9435                         if (tok == TOK_EOF)
9436                             error("unexpected end of file");
9437                         tok_str_add_tok(&func_str);
9438                         t = tok;
9439                         next();
9440                         if (t == '{') {
9441                             block_level++;
9442                         } else if (t == '}') {
9443                             block_level--;
9444                             if (block_level == 0)
9445                                 break;
9446                         }
9447                     }
9448                     tok_str_add(&func_str, -1);
9449                     tok_str_add(&func_str, 0);
9450                     INLINE_DEF(sym->r) = func_str.str;
9451                 } else {
9452                     /* compute text section */
9453                     cur_text_section = ad.section;
9454                     if (!cur_text_section)
9455                         cur_text_section = text_section;
9456                     sym->r = VT_SYM | VT_CONST;
9457                     gen_function(sym);
9458                 }
9459                 break;
9460             } else {
9461                 if (btype.t & VT_TYPEDEF) {
9462                     /* save typedefed type  */
9463                     /* XXX: test storage specifiers ? */
9464                     sym = sym_push(v, &type, 0, 0);
9465                     sym->type.t |= VT_TYPEDEF;
9466                 } else if ((type.t & VT_BTYPE) == VT_FUNC) {
9467                     /* external function definition */
9468                     /* specific case for func_call attribute */
9469                     if (ad.func_attr)
9470                         type.ref->r = ad.func_attr;
9471                     external_sym(v, &type, 0);
9472                 } else {
9473                     /* not lvalue if array */
9474                     r = 0;
9475                     if (!(type.t & VT_ARRAY))
9476                         r |= lvalue_type(type.t);
9477                     has_init = (tok == '=');
9478                     if ((btype.t & VT_EXTERN) ||
9479                         ((type.t & VT_ARRAY) && (type.t & VT_STATIC) &&
9480                          !has_init && l == VT_CONST && type.ref->c < 0)) {
9481                         /* external variable */
9482                         /* NOTE: as GCC, uninitialized global static
9483                            arrays of null size are considered as
9484                            extern */
9485                         external_sym(v, &type, r);
9486                     } else {
9487                         type.t |= (btype.t & VT_STATIC); /* Retain "static". */
9488                         if (type.t & VT_STATIC)
9489                             r |= VT_CONST;
9490                         else
9491                             r |= l;
9492                         if (has_init)
9493                             next();
9494                         decl_initializer_alloc(&type, &ad, r,
9495                                                has_init, v, l);
9496                     }
9497                 }
9498                 if (tok != ',') {
9499                     skip(';');
9500                     break;
9501                 }
9502                 next();
9503             }
9504         }
9505     }
9506 }
9507
9508 /* better than nothing, but needs extension to handle '-E' option
9509    correctly too */
9510 static void preprocess_init(TCCState *s1)
9511 {
9512     s1->include_stack_ptr = s1->include_stack;
9513     /* XXX: move that before to avoid having to initialize
9514        file->ifdef_stack_ptr ? */
9515     s1->ifdef_stack_ptr = s1->ifdef_stack;
9516     file->ifdef_stack_ptr = s1->ifdef_stack_ptr;
9517
9518     /* XXX: not ANSI compliant: bound checking says error */
9519     vtop = vstack - 1;
9520     s1->pack_stack[0] = 0;
9521     s1->pack_stack_ptr = s1->pack_stack;
9522 }
9523
9524 /* compile the C file opened in 'file'. Return non zero if errors. */
9525 static int tcc_compile(TCCState *s1)
9526 {
9527     Sym *define_start;
9528     char buf[512];
9529     volatile int section_sym;
9530
9531 #ifdef INC_DEBUG
9532     printf("%s: **** new file\n", file->filename);
9533 #endif
9534     preprocess_init(s1);
9535
9536     cur_text_section = NULL;
9537     funcname = "";
9538     anon_sym = SYM_FIRST_ANOM;
9539
9540     /* file info: full path + filename */
9541     section_sym = 0; /* avoid warning */
9542     if (do_debug) {
9543         section_sym = put_elf_sym(symtab_section, 0, 0,
9544                                   ELF32_ST_INFO(STB_LOCAL, STT_SECTION), 0,
9545                                   text_section->sh_num, NULL);
9546         getcwd(buf, sizeof(buf));
9547 #ifdef _WIN32
9548         normalize_slashes(buf);
9549 #endif
9550         pstrcat(buf, sizeof(buf), "/");
9551         put_stabs_r(buf, N_SO, 0, 0,
9552                     text_section->data_offset, text_section, section_sym);
9553         put_stabs_r(file->filename, N_SO, 0, 0,
9554                     text_section->data_offset, text_section, section_sym);
9555     }
9556     /* an elf symbol of type STT_FILE must be put so that STB_LOCAL
9557        symbols can be safely used */
9558     put_elf_sym(symtab_section, 0, 0,
9559                 ELF32_ST_INFO(STB_LOCAL, STT_FILE), 0,
9560                 SHN_ABS, file->filename);
9561
9562     /* define some often used types */
9563     int_type.t = VT_INT;
9564
9565     char_pointer_type.t = VT_BYTE;
9566     mk_pointer(&char_pointer_type);
9567
9568     func_old_type.t = VT_FUNC;
9569     func_old_type.ref = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &int_type, FUNC_CDECL, FUNC_OLD);
9570
9571 #if defined(TCC_ARM_EABI) && defined(TCC_ARM_VFP)
9572     float_type.t = VT_FLOAT;
9573     double_type.t = VT_DOUBLE;
9574
9575     func_float_type.t = VT_FUNC;
9576     func_float_type.ref = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &float_type, FUNC_CDECL, FUNC_OLD);
9577     func_double_type.t = VT_FUNC;
9578     func_double_type.ref = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, &double_type, FUNC_CDECL, FUNC_OLD);
9579 #endif
9580
9581 #if 0
9582     /* define 'void *alloca(unsigned int)' builtin function */
9583     {
9584         Sym *s1;
9585
9586         p = anon_sym++;
9587         sym = sym_push(p, mk_pointer(VT_VOID), FUNC_CDECL, FUNC_NEW);
9588         s1 = sym_push(SYM_FIELD, VT_UNSIGNED | VT_INT, 0, 0);
9589         s1->next = NULL;
9590         sym->next = s1;
9591         sym_push(TOK_alloca, VT_FUNC | (p << VT_STRUCT_SHIFT), VT_CONST, 0);
9592     }
9593 #endif
9594
9595     define_start = define_stack;
9596     nocode_wanted = 1;
9597
9598     if (setjmp(s1->error_jmp_buf) == 0) {
9599         s1->nb_errors = 0;
9600         s1->error_set_jmp_enabled = 1;
9601
9602         ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
9603         tok_flags = TOK_FLAG_BOL | TOK_FLAG_BOF;
9604         parse_flags = PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS | PARSE_FLAG_TOK_NUM;
9605         next();
9606         decl(VT_CONST);
9607         if (tok != TOK_EOF)
9608             expect("declaration");
9609
9610         /* end of translation unit info */
9611         if (do_debug) {
9612             put_stabs_r(NULL, N_SO, 0, 0,
9613                         text_section->data_offset, text_section, section_sym);
9614         }
9615     }
9616     s1->error_set_jmp_enabled = 0;
9617
9618     /* reset define stack, but leave -Dsymbols (may be incorrect if
9619        they are undefined) */
9620     free_defines(define_start);
9621
9622     gen_inline_functions();
9623
9624     sym_pop(&global_stack, NULL);
9625     sym_pop(&local_stack, NULL);
9626
9627     return s1->nb_errors != 0 ? -1 : 0;
9628 }
9629
9630 /* Preprocess the current file */
9631 /* XXX: add line and file infos, add options to preserve spaces */
9632 static int tcc_preprocess(TCCState *s1)
9633 {
9634     Sym *define_start;
9635     int last_is_space;
9636
9637     preprocess_init(s1);
9638
9639     define_start = define_stack;
9640
9641     ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
9642     tok_flags = TOK_FLAG_BOL | TOK_FLAG_BOF;
9643     parse_flags = PARSE_FLAG_ASM_COMMENTS | PARSE_FLAG_PREPROCESS |
9644         PARSE_FLAG_LINEFEED;
9645     last_is_space = 1;
9646     next();
9647     for(;;) {
9648         if (tok == TOK_EOF) {
9649             break;
9650         } else if (tok == TOK_LINEFEED) {
9651             last_is_space = 1;
9652         } else {
9653             if (!last_is_space)
9654                 fputc(' ', s1->outfile);
9655             last_is_space = 0;
9656         }
9657         fputs(get_tok_str(tok, &tokc), s1->outfile);
9658         next();
9659     }
9660     free_defines(define_start);
9661     return 0;
9662 }
9663
9664 #ifdef LIBTCC
9665 int tcc_compile_string(TCCState *s, const char *str)
9666 {
9667     BufferedFile bf1, *bf = &bf1;
9668     int ret, len;
9669     char *buf;
9670
9671     /* init file structure */
9672     bf->fd = -1;
9673     /* XXX: avoid copying */
9674     len = strlen(str);
9675     buf = tcc_malloc(len + 1);
9676     if (!buf)
9677         return -1;
9678     memcpy(buf, str, len);
9679     buf[len] = CH_EOB;
9680     bf->buf_ptr = buf;
9681     bf->buf_end = buf + len;
9682     pstrcpy(bf->filename, sizeof(bf->filename), "<string>");
9683     bf->line_num = 1;
9684     file = bf;
9685     ret = tcc_compile(s);
9686     file = NULL;
9687     tcc_free(buf);
9688
9689     /* currently, no need to close */
9690     return ret;
9691 }
9692 #endif
9693
9694 /* define a preprocessor symbol. A value can also be provided with the '=' operator */
9695 void tcc_define_symbol(TCCState *s1, const char *sym, const char *value)
9696 {
9697     BufferedFile bf1, *bf = &bf1;
9698
9699     pstrcpy(bf->buffer, IO_BUF_SIZE, sym);
9700     pstrcat(bf->buffer, IO_BUF_SIZE, " ");
9701     /* default value */
9702     if (!value)
9703         value = "1";
9704     pstrcat(bf->buffer, IO_BUF_SIZE, value);
9705
9706     /* init file structure */
9707     bf->fd = -1;
9708     bf->buf_ptr = bf->buffer;
9709     bf->buf_end = bf->buffer + strlen(bf->buffer);
9710     *bf->buf_end = CH_EOB;
9711     bf->filename[0] = '\0';
9712     bf->line_num = 1;
9713     file = bf;
9714
9715     s1->include_stack_ptr = s1->include_stack;
9716
9717     /* parse with define parser */
9718     ch = file->buf_ptr[0];
9719     next_nomacro();
9720     parse_define();
9721     file = NULL;
9722 }
9723
9724 /* undefine a preprocessor symbol */
9725 void tcc_undefine_symbol(TCCState *s1, const char *sym)
9726 {
9727     TokenSym *ts;
9728     Sym *s;
9729     ts = tok_alloc(sym, strlen(sym));
9730     s = define_find(ts->tok);
9731     /* undefine symbol by putting an invalid name */
9732     if (s)
9733         define_undef(s);
9734 }
9735
9736 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_ASM
9737
9738 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_I386
9739 #include "i386-asm.c"
9740 #endif
9741 #include "tccasm.c"
9742
9743 #else
9744 static void asm_instr(void)
9745 {
9746     error("inline asm() not supported");
9747 }
9748 static void asm_global_instr(void)
9749 {
9750     error("inline asm() not supported");
9751 }
9752 #endif
9753
9754 #include "tccelf.c"
9755
9756 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_COFF
9757 #include "tcccoff.c"
9758 #endif
9759
9760 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
9761 #include "tccpe.c"
9762 #endif
9763
9764 /* print the position in the source file of PC value 'pc' by reading
9765    the stabs debug information */
9766 static void rt_printline(unsigned long wanted_pc)
9767 {
9768     Stab_Sym *sym, *sym_end;
9769     char func_name[128], last_func_name[128];
9770     unsigned long func_addr, last_pc, pc;
9771     const char *incl_files[INCLUDE_STACK_SIZE];
9772     int incl_index, len, last_line_num, i;
9773     const char *str, *p;
9774
9775     fprintf(stderr, "0x%08lx:", wanted_pc);
9776
9777     func_name[0] = '\0';
9778     func_addr = 0;
9779     incl_index = 0;
9780     last_func_name[0] = '\0';
9781     last_pc = 0xffffffff;
9782     last_line_num = 1;
9783     sym = (Stab_Sym *)stab_section->data + 1;
9784     sym_end = (Stab_Sym *)(stab_section->data + stab_section->data_offset);
9785     while (sym < sym_end) {
9786         switch(sym->n_type) {
9787             /* function start or end */
9788         case N_FUN:
9789             if (sym->n_strx == 0) {
9790                 /* we test if between last line and end of function */
9791                 pc = sym->n_value + func_addr;
9792                 if (wanted_pc >= last_pc && wanted_pc < pc)
9793                     goto found;
9794                 func_name[0] = '\0';
9795                 func_addr = 0;
9796             } else {
9797                 str = stabstr_section->data + sym->n_strx;
9798                 p = strchr(str, ':');
9799                 if (!p) {
9800                     pstrcpy(func_name, sizeof(func_name), str);
9801                 } else {
9802                     len = p - str;
9803                     if (len > sizeof(func_name) - 1)
9804                         len = sizeof(func_name) - 1;
9805                     memcpy(func_name, str, len);
9806                     func_name[len] = '\0';
9807                 }
9808                 func_addr = sym->n_value;
9809             }
9810             break;
9811             /* line number info */
9812         case N_SLINE:
9813             pc = sym->n_value + func_addr;
9814             if (wanted_pc >= last_pc && wanted_pc < pc)
9815                 goto found;
9816             last_pc = pc;
9817             last_line_num = sym->n_desc;
9818             /* XXX: slow! */
9819             strcpy(last_func_name, func_name);
9820             break;
9821             /* include files */
9822         case N_BINCL:
9823             str = stabstr_section->data + sym->n_strx;
9824         add_incl:
9825             if (incl_index < INCLUDE_STACK_SIZE) {
9826                 incl_files[incl_index++] = str;
9827             }
9828             break;
9829         case N_EINCL:
9830             if (incl_index > 1)
9831                 incl_index--;
9832             break;
9833         case N_SO:
9834             if (sym->n_strx == 0) {
9835                 incl_index = 0; /* end of translation unit */
9836             } else {
9837                 str = stabstr_section->data + sym->n_strx;
9838                 /* do not add path */
9839                 len = strlen(str);
9840                 if (len > 0 && str[len - 1] != '/')
9841                     goto add_incl;
9842             }
9843             break;
9844         }
9845         sym++;
9846     }
9847
9848     /* second pass: we try symtab symbols (no line number info) */
9849     incl_index = 0;
9850     {
9851         Elf32_Sym *sym, *sym_end;
9852         int type;
9853
9854         sym_end = (Elf32_Sym *)(symtab_section->data + symtab_section->data_offset);
9855         for(sym = (Elf32_Sym *)symtab_section->data + 1;
9856             sym < sym_end;
9857             sym++) {
9858             type = ELF32_ST_TYPE(sym->st_info);
9859             if (type == STT_FUNC) {
9860                 if (wanted_pc >= sym->st_value &&
9861                     wanted_pc < sym->st_value + sym->st_size) {
9862                     pstrcpy(last_func_name, sizeof(last_func_name),
9863                             strtab_section->data + sym->st_name);
9864                     goto found;
9865                 }
9866             }
9867         }
9868     }
9869     /* did not find any info: */
9870     fprintf(stderr, " ???\n");
9871     return;
9872  found:
9873     if (last_func_name[0] != '\0') {
9874         fprintf(stderr, " %s()", last_func_name);
9875     }
9876     if (incl_index > 0) {
9877         fprintf(stderr, " (%s:%d",
9878                 incl_files[incl_index - 1], last_line_num);
9879         for(i = incl_index - 2; i >= 0; i--)
9880             fprintf(stderr, ", included from %s", incl_files[i]);
9881         fprintf(stderr, ")");
9882     }
9883     fprintf(stderr, "\n");
9884 }
9885
9886 #if !defined(_WIN32) && !defined(CONFIG_TCCBOOT)
9887
9888 #ifdef __i386__
9889
9890 /* fix for glibc 2.1 */
9891 #ifndef REG_EIP
9892 #define REG_EIP EIP
9893 #define REG_EBP EBP
9894 #endif
9895
9896 /* return the PC at frame level 'level'. Return non zero if not found */
9897 static int rt_get_caller_pc(unsigned long *paddr,
9898                             ucontext_t *uc, int level)
9899 {
9900     unsigned long fp;
9901     int i;
9902
9903     if (level == 0) {
9904 #if defined(__FreeBSD__)
9905         *paddr = uc->uc_mcontext.mc_eip;
9906 #elif defined(__dietlibc__)
9907         *paddr = uc->uc_mcontext.eip;
9908 #else
9909         *paddr = uc->uc_mcontext.gregs[REG_EIP];
9910 #endif
9911         return 0;
9912     } else {
9913 #if defined(__FreeBSD__)
9914         fp = uc->uc_mcontext.mc_ebp;
9915 #elif defined(__dietlibc__)
9916         fp = uc->uc_mcontext.ebp;
9917 #else
9918         fp = uc->uc_mcontext.gregs[REG_EBP];
9919 #endif
9920         for(i=1;i<level;i++) {
9921             /* XXX: check address validity with program info */
9922             if (fp <= 0x1000 || fp >= 0xc0000000)
9923                 return -1;
9924             fp = ((unsigned long *)fp)[0];
9925         }
9926         *paddr = ((unsigned long *)fp)[1];
9927         return 0;
9928     }
9929 }
9930 #else
9931
9932 #warning add arch specific rt_get_caller_pc()
9933
9934 static int rt_get_caller_pc(unsigned long *paddr,
9935                             ucontext_t *uc, int level)
9936 {
9937     return -1;
9938 }
9939 #endif
9940
9941 /* emit a run time error at position 'pc' */
9942 void rt_error(ucontext_t *uc, const char *fmt, ...)
9943 {
9944     va_list ap;
9945     unsigned long pc;
9946     int i;
9947
9948     va_start(ap, fmt);
9949     fprintf(stderr, "Runtime error: ");
9950     vfprintf(stderr, fmt, ap);
9951     fprintf(stderr, "\n");
9952     for(i=0;i<num_callers;i++) {
9953         if (rt_get_caller_pc(&pc, uc, i) < 0)
9954             break;
9955         if (i == 0)
9956             fprintf(stderr, "at ");
9957         else
9958             fprintf(stderr, "by ");
9959         rt_printline(pc);
9960     }
9961     exit(255);
9962     va_end(ap);
9963 }
9964
9965 /* signal handler for fatal errors */
9966 static void sig_error(int signum, siginfo_t *siginf, void *puc)
9967 {
9968     ucontext_t *uc = puc;
9969
9970     switch(signum) {
9971     case SIGFPE:
9972         switch(siginf->si_code) {
9973         case FPE_INTDIV:
9974         case FPE_FLTDIV:
9975             rt_error(uc, "division by zero");
9976             break;
9977         default:
9978             rt_error(uc, "floating point exception");
9979             break;
9980         }
9981         break;
9982     case SIGBUS:
9983     case SIGSEGV:
9984         if (rt_bound_error_msg && *rt_bound_error_msg)
9985             rt_error(uc, *rt_bound_error_msg);
9986         else
9987             rt_error(uc, "dereferencing invalid pointer");
9988         break;
9989     case SIGILL:
9990         rt_error(uc, "illegal instruction");
9991         break;
9992     case SIGABRT:
9993         rt_error(uc, "abort() called");
9994         break;
9995     default:
9996         rt_error(uc, "caught signal %d", signum);
9997         break;
9998     }
9999     exit(255);
10000 }
10001 #endif
10002
10003 /* do all relocations (needed before using tcc_get_symbol()) */
10004 int tcc_relocate(TCCState *s1)
10005 {
10006     Section *s;
10007     int i;
10008
10009     s1->nb_errors = 0;
10010
10011 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10012     pe_add_runtime(s1);
10013 #else
10014     tcc_add_runtime(s1);
10015 #endif
10016
10017     relocate_common_syms();
10018
10019     tcc_add_linker_symbols(s1);
10020 #ifndef TCC_TARGET_PE
10021     build_got_entries(s1);
10022 #endif
10023     /* compute relocation address : section are relocated in place. We
10024        also alloc the bss space */
10025     for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++) {
10026         s = s1->sections[i];
10027         if (s->sh_flags & SHF_ALLOC) {
10028             if (s->sh_type == SHT_NOBITS)
10029                 s->data = tcc_mallocz(s->data_offset);
10030             s->sh_addr = (unsigned long)s->data;
10031         }
10032     }
10033
10034     relocate_syms(s1, 1);
10035
10036     if (s1->nb_errors != 0)
10037         return -1;
10038
10039     /* relocate each section */
10040     for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++) {
10041         s = s1->sections[i];
10042         if (s->reloc)
10043             relocate_section(s1, s);
10044     }
10045
10046     /* mark executable sections as executable in memory */
10047     for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++) {
10048         s = s1->sections[i];
10049         if ((s->sh_flags & (SHF_ALLOC | SHF_EXECINSTR)) ==
10050             (SHF_ALLOC | SHF_EXECINSTR))
10051             set_pages_executable(s->data, s->data_offset);
10052     }
10053     return 0;
10054 }
10055
10056 /* launch the compiled program with the given arguments */
10057 int tcc_run(TCCState *s1, int argc, char **argv)
10058 {
10059     int (*prog_main)(int, char **);
10060
10061     if (tcc_relocate(s1) < 0)
10062         return -1;
10063
10064     prog_main = tcc_get_symbol_err(s1, "main");
10065
10066     if (do_debug) {
10067 #if defined(_WIN32) || defined(CONFIG_TCCBOOT)
10068         error("debug mode currently not available for Windows");
10069 #else
10070         struct sigaction sigact;
10071         /* install TCC signal handlers to print debug info on fatal
10072            runtime errors */
10073         sigact.sa_flags = SA_SIGINFO | SA_RESETHAND;
10074         sigact.sa_sigaction = sig_error;
10075         sigemptyset(&sigact.sa_mask);
10076         sigaction(SIGFPE, &sigact, NULL);
10077         sigaction(SIGILL, &sigact, NULL);
10078         sigaction(SIGSEGV, &sigact, NULL);
10079         sigaction(SIGBUS, &sigact, NULL);
10080         sigaction(SIGABRT, &sigact, NULL);
10081 #endif
10082     }
10083
10084 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
10085     if (do_bounds_check) {
10086         void (*bound_init)(void);
10087
10088         /* set error function */
10089         rt_bound_error_msg = (void *)tcc_get_symbol_err(s1,
10090                                                         "__bound_error_msg");
10091
10092         /* XXX: use .init section so that it also work in binary ? */
10093         bound_init = (void *)tcc_get_symbol_err(s1, "__bound_init");
10094         bound_init();
10095     }
10096 #endif
10097     return (*prog_main)(argc, argv);
10098 }
10099
10100 void tcc_memstats(void)
10101 {
10102 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
10103     printf("memory in use: %d\n", mem_cur_size);
10104 #endif
10105 }
10106
10107 static void tcc_cleanup(void)
10108 {
10109     int i, n;
10110
10111     if (NULL == tcc_state)
10112         return;
10113     tcc_state = NULL;
10114
10115     /* free -D defines */
10116     free_defines(NULL);
10117
10118     /* free tokens */
10119     n = tok_ident - TOK_IDENT;
10120     for(i = 0; i < n; i++)
10121         tcc_free(table_ident[i]);
10122     tcc_free(table_ident);
10123
10124     /* free sym_pools */
10125     dynarray_reset(&sym_pools, &nb_sym_pools);
10126     /* string buffer */
10127     cstr_free(&tokcstr);
10128     /* reset symbol stack */
10129     sym_free_first = NULL;
10130     /* cleanup from error/setjmp */
10131     macro_ptr = NULL;
10132 }
10133
10134 TCCState *tcc_new(void)
10135 {
10136     const char *p, *r;
10137     TCCState *s;
10138     TokenSym *ts;
10139     int i, c;
10140
10141     tcc_cleanup();
10142
10143     s = tcc_mallocz(sizeof(TCCState));
10144     if (!s)
10145         return NULL;
10146     tcc_state = s;
10147     s->output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY;
10148
10149     /* init isid table */
10150     for(i=CH_EOF;i<256;i++)
10151         isidnum_table[i-CH_EOF] = isid(i) || isnum(i);
10152
10153     /* add all tokens */
10154     table_ident = NULL;
10155     memset(hash_ident, 0, TOK_HASH_SIZE * sizeof(TokenSym *));
10156
10157     tok_ident = TOK_IDENT;
10158     p = tcc_keywords;
10159     while (*p) {
10160         r = p;
10161         for(;;) {
10162             c = *r++;
10163             if (c == '\0')
10164                 break;
10165         }
10166         ts = tok_alloc(p, r - p - 1);
10167         p = r;
10168     }
10169
10170     /* we add dummy defines for some special macros to speed up tests
10171        and to have working defined() */
10172     define_push(TOK___LINE__, MACRO_OBJ, NULL, NULL);
10173     define_push(TOK___FILE__, MACRO_OBJ, NULL, NULL);
10174     define_push(TOK___DATE__, MACRO_OBJ, NULL, NULL);
10175     define_push(TOK___TIME__, MACRO_OBJ, NULL, NULL);
10176
10177     /* standard defines */
10178     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__STDC__", NULL);
10179     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__STDC_VERSION__", "199901L");
10180 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_I386)
10181     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__i386__", NULL);
10182 #endif
10183 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_ARM)
10184     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__ARM_ARCH_4__", NULL);
10185     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__arm_elf__", NULL);
10186     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__arm_elf", NULL);
10187     tcc_define_symbol(s, "arm_elf", NULL);
10188     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__arm__", NULL);
10189     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__arm", NULL);
10190     tcc_define_symbol(s, "arm", NULL);
10191     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__APCS_32__", NULL);
10192 #endif
10193 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10194     tcc_define_symbol(s, "_WIN32", NULL);
10195 #else
10196     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__unix__", NULL);
10197     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__unix", NULL);
10198 #if defined(__linux)
10199     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__linux__", NULL);
10200     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__linux", NULL);
10201 #endif
10202 #endif
10203     /* tiny C specific defines */
10204     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__TINYC__", NULL);
10205
10206     /* tiny C & gcc defines */
10207     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__SIZE_TYPE__", "unsigned int");
10208     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__PTRDIFF_TYPE__", "int");
10209 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10210     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__WCHAR_TYPE__", "unsigned short");
10211 #else
10212     tcc_define_symbol(s, "__WCHAR_TYPE__", "int");
10213 #endif
10214
10215 #ifndef TCC_TARGET_PE
10216     /* default library paths */
10217     tcc_add_library_path(s, CONFIG_SYSROOT "/usr/local/lib");
10218     tcc_add_library_path(s, CONFIG_SYSROOT "/usr/lib");
10219     tcc_add_library_path(s, CONFIG_SYSROOT "/lib");
10220 #endif
10221
10222     /* no section zero */
10223     dynarray_add((void ***)&s->sections, &s->nb_sections, NULL);
10224
10225     /* create standard sections */
10226     text_section = new_section(s, ".text", SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_EXECINSTR);
10227     data_section = new_section(s, ".data", SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE);
10228     bss_section = new_section(s, ".bss", SHT_NOBITS, SHF_ALLOC | SHF_WRITE);
10229
10230     /* symbols are always generated for linking stage */
10231     symtab_section = new_symtab(s, ".symtab", SHT_SYMTAB, 0,
10232                                 ".strtab",
10233                                 ".hashtab", SHF_PRIVATE);
10234     strtab_section = symtab_section->link;
10235
10236     /* private symbol table for dynamic symbols */
10237     s->dynsymtab_section = new_symtab(s, ".dynsymtab", SHT_SYMTAB, SHF_PRIVATE,
10238                                       ".dynstrtab",
10239                                       ".dynhashtab", SHF_PRIVATE);
10240     s->alacarte_link = 1;
10241
10242 #ifdef CHAR_IS_UNSIGNED
10243     s->char_is_unsigned = 1;
10244 #endif
10245 #if defined(TCC_TARGET_PE) && 0
10246     /* XXX: currently the PE linker is not ready to support that */
10247     s->leading_underscore = 1;
10248 #endif
10249     return s;
10250 }
10251
10252 void tcc_delete(TCCState *s1)
10253 {
10254     int i;
10255
10256     tcc_cleanup();
10257
10258     /* free all sections */
10259     free_section(s1->dynsymtab_section);
10260
10261     for(i = 1; i < s1->nb_sections; i++)
10262         free_section(s1->sections[i]);
10263     tcc_free(s1->sections);
10264
10265     /* free any loaded DLLs */
10266     for ( i = 0; i < s1->nb_loaded_dlls; i++)
10267     {
10268         DLLReference *ref = s1->loaded_dlls[i];
10269         if ( ref->handle )
10270             dlclose(ref->handle);
10271     }
10272
10273     /* free loaded dlls array */
10274     dynarray_reset(&s1->loaded_dlls, &s1->nb_loaded_dlls);
10275
10276     /* free library paths */
10277     dynarray_reset(&s1->library_paths, &s1->nb_library_paths);
10278
10279     /* free include paths */
10280     dynarray_reset(&s1->cached_includes, &s1->nb_cached_includes);
10281     dynarray_reset(&s1->include_paths, &s1->nb_include_paths);
10282     dynarray_reset(&s1->sysinclude_paths, &s1->nb_sysinclude_paths);
10283
10284     tcc_free(s1);
10285 }
10286
10287 int tcc_add_include_path(TCCState *s1, const char *pathname)
10288 {
10289     char *pathname1;
10290
10291     pathname1 = tcc_strdup(pathname);
10292     dynarray_add((void ***)&s1->include_paths, &s1->nb_include_paths, pathname1);
10293     return 0;
10294 }
10295
10296 int tcc_add_sysinclude_path(TCCState *s1, const char *pathname)
10297 {
10298     char *pathname1;
10299
10300     pathname1 = tcc_strdup(pathname);
10301     dynarray_add((void ***)&s1->sysinclude_paths, &s1->nb_sysinclude_paths, pathname1);
10302     return 0;
10303 }
10304
10305 static int tcc_add_file_internal(TCCState *s1, const char *filename, int flags)
10306 {
10307     const char *ext;
10308     Elf32_Ehdr ehdr;
10309     int fd, ret;
10310     BufferedFile *saved_file;
10311
10312     /* find source file type with extension */
10313     ext = tcc_fileextension(filename);
10314     if (ext[0])
10315         ext++;
10316
10317     /* open the file */
10318     saved_file = file;
10319     file = tcc_open(s1, filename);
10320     if (!file) {
10321         if (flags & AFF_PRINT_ERROR) {
10322             error_noabort("file '%s' not found", filename);
10323         }
10324         ret = -1;
10325         goto fail1;
10326     }
10327
10328     if (flags & AFF_PREPROCESS) {
10329         ret = tcc_preprocess(s1);
10330     } else if (!ext[0] || !strcmp(ext, "c")) {
10331         /* C file assumed */
10332         ret = tcc_compile(s1);
10333     } else
10334 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_ASM
10335     if (!strcmp(ext, "S")) {
10336         /* preprocessed assembler */
10337         ret = tcc_assemble(s1, 1);
10338     } else if (!strcmp(ext, "s")) {
10339         /* non preprocessed assembler */
10340         ret = tcc_assemble(s1, 0);
10341     } else
10342 #endif
10343 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10344     if (!strcmp(ext, "def")) {
10345         ret = pe_load_def_file(s1, file->fd);
10346     } else
10347 #endif
10348     {
10349         fd = file->fd;
10350         /* assume executable format: auto guess file type */
10351         ret = read(fd, &ehdr, sizeof(ehdr));
10352         lseek(fd, 0, SEEK_SET);
10353         if (ret <= 0) {
10354             error_noabort("could not read header");
10355             goto fail;
10356         } else if (ret != sizeof(ehdr)) {
10357             goto try_load_script;
10358         }
10359
10360         if (ehdr.e_ident[0] == ELFMAG0 &&
10361             ehdr.e_ident[1] == ELFMAG1 &&
10362             ehdr.e_ident[2] == ELFMAG2 &&
10363             ehdr.e_ident[3] == ELFMAG3) {
10364             file->line_num = 0; /* do not display line number if error */
10365             if (ehdr.e_type == ET_REL) {
10366                 ret = tcc_load_object_file(s1, fd, 0);
10367             } else if (ehdr.e_type == ET_DYN) {
10368                 if (s1->output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY) {
10369 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10370                     ret = -1;
10371 #else
10372                     void *h;
10373                     h = dlopen(filename, RTLD_GLOBAL | RTLD_LAZY);
10374                     if (h)
10375                         ret = 0;
10376                     else
10377                         ret = -1;
10378 #endif
10379                 } else {
10380                     ret = tcc_load_dll(s1, fd, filename,
10381                                        (flags & AFF_REFERENCED_DLL) != 0);
10382                 }
10383             } else {
10384                 error_noabort("unrecognized ELF file");
10385                 goto fail;
10386             }
10387         } else if (memcmp((char *)&ehdr, ARMAG, 8) == 0) {
10388             file->line_num = 0; /* do not display line number if error */
10389             ret = tcc_load_archive(s1, fd);
10390         } else
10391 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_COFF
10392         if (*(uint16_t *)(&ehdr) == COFF_C67_MAGIC) {
10393             ret = tcc_load_coff(s1, fd);
10394         } else
10395 #endif
10396 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10397         if (pe_test_res_file(&ehdr, ret)) {
10398             ret = pe_load_res_file(s1, fd);
10399         } else
10400 #endif
10401         {
10402             /* as GNU ld, consider it is an ld script if not recognized */
10403         try_load_script:
10404             ret = tcc_load_ldscript(s1);
10405             if (ret < 0) {
10406                 error_noabort("unrecognized file type");
10407                 goto fail;
10408             }
10409         }
10410     }
10411  the_end:
10412     tcc_close(file);
10413  fail1:
10414     file = saved_file;
10415     return ret;
10416  fail:
10417     ret = -1;
10418     goto the_end;
10419 }
10420
10421 int tcc_add_file(TCCState *s, const char *filename)
10422 {
10423     return tcc_add_file_internal(s, filename, AFF_PRINT_ERROR);
10424 }
10425
10426 int tcc_add_library_path(TCCState *s, const char *pathname)
10427 {
10428     char *pathname1;
10429
10430     pathname1 = tcc_strdup(pathname);
10431     dynarray_add((void ***)&s->library_paths, &s->nb_library_paths, pathname1);
10432     return 0;
10433 }
10434
10435 /* find and load a dll. Return non zero if not found */
10436 /* XXX: add '-rpath' option support ? */
10437 static int tcc_add_dll(TCCState *s, const char *filename, int flags)
10438 {
10439     char buf[1024];
10440     int i;
10441
10442     for(i = 0; i < s->nb_library_paths; i++) {
10443         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/%s",
10444                  s->library_paths[i], filename);
10445         if (tcc_add_file_internal(s, buf, flags) == 0)
10446             return 0;
10447     }
10448     return -1;
10449 }
10450
10451 /* the library name is the same as the argument of the '-l' option */
10452 int tcc_add_library(TCCState *s, const char *libraryname)
10453 {
10454     char buf[1024];
10455     int i;
10456
10457     /* first we look for the dynamic library if not static linking */
10458     if (!s->static_link) {
10459 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10460         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s.def", libraryname);
10461 #else
10462         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "lib%s.so", libraryname);
10463 #endif
10464         if (tcc_add_dll(s, buf, 0) == 0)
10465             return 0;
10466     }
10467
10468     /* then we look for the static library */
10469     for(i = 0; i < s->nb_library_paths; i++) {
10470         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/lib%s.a",
10471                  s->library_paths[i], libraryname);
10472         if (tcc_add_file_internal(s, buf, 0) == 0)
10473             return 0;
10474     }
10475     return -1;
10476 }
10477
10478 int tcc_add_symbol(TCCState *s, const char *name, unsigned long val)
10479 {
10480     add_elf_sym(symtab_section, val, 0,
10481                 ELF32_ST_INFO(STB_GLOBAL, STT_NOTYPE), 0,
10482                 SHN_ABS, name);
10483     return 0;
10484 }
10485
10486 int tcc_set_output_type(TCCState *s, int output_type)
10487 {
10488     char buf[1024];
10489
10490     s->output_type = output_type;
10491
10492     if (!s->nostdinc) {
10493         /* default include paths */
10494         /* XXX: reverse order needed if -isystem support */
10495 #ifndef TCC_TARGET_PE
10496         tcc_add_sysinclude_path(s, CONFIG_SYSROOT "/usr/local/include");
10497         tcc_add_sysinclude_path(s, CONFIG_SYSROOT "/usr/include");
10498 #endif
10499         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/include", tcc_lib_path);
10500         tcc_add_sysinclude_path(s, buf);
10501 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10502         snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/include/winapi", tcc_lib_path);
10503         tcc_add_sysinclude_path(s, buf);
10504 #endif
10505     }
10506
10507     /* if bound checking, then add corresponding sections */
10508 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
10509     if (do_bounds_check) {
10510         /* define symbol */
10511         tcc_define_symbol(s, "__BOUNDS_CHECKING_ON", NULL);
10512         /* create bounds sections */
10513         bounds_section = new_section(s, ".bounds",
10514                                      SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC);
10515         lbounds_section = new_section(s, ".lbounds",
10516                                       SHT_PROGBITS, SHF_ALLOC);
10517     }
10518 #endif
10519
10520     if (s->char_is_unsigned) {
10521         tcc_define_symbol(s, "__CHAR_UNSIGNED__", NULL);
10522     }
10523
10524     /* add debug sections */
10525     if (do_debug) {
10526         /* stab symbols */
10527         stab_section = new_section(s, ".stab", SHT_PROGBITS, 0);
10528         stab_section->sh_entsize = sizeof(Stab_Sym);
10529         stabstr_section = new_section(s, ".stabstr", SHT_STRTAB, 0);
10530         put_elf_str(stabstr_section, "");
10531         stab_section->link = stabstr_section;
10532         /* put first entry */
10533         put_stabs("", 0, 0, 0, 0);
10534     }
10535
10536     /* add libc crt1/crti objects */
10537 #ifndef TCC_TARGET_PE
10538     if ((output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_EXE || output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_DLL) &&
10539         !s->nostdlib) {
10540         if (output_type != TCC_OUTPUT_DLL)
10541             tcc_add_file(s, CONFIG_TCC_CRT_PREFIX "/crt1.o");
10542         tcc_add_file(s, CONFIG_TCC_CRT_PREFIX "/crti.o");
10543     }
10544 #endif
10545
10546 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
10547     snprintf(buf, sizeof(buf), "%s/lib", tcc_lib_path);
10548     tcc_add_library_path(s, buf);
10549 #endif
10550
10551     return 0;
10552 }
10553
10554 #define WD_ALL    0x0001 /* warning is activated when using -Wall */
10555 #define FD_INVERT 0x0002 /* invert value before storing */
10556
10557 typedef struct FlagDef {
10558     uint16_t offset;
10559     uint16_t flags;
10560     const char *name;
10561 } FlagDef;
10562
10563 static const FlagDef warning_defs[] = {
10564     { offsetof(TCCState, warn_unsupported), 0, "unsupported" },
10565     { offsetof(TCCState, warn_write_strings), 0, "write-strings" },
10566     { offsetof(TCCState, warn_error), 0, "error" },
10567     { offsetof(TCCState, warn_implicit_function_declaration), WD_ALL,
10568       "implicit-function-declaration" },
10569 };
10570
10571 static int set_flag(TCCState *s, const FlagDef *flags, int nb_flags,
10572                     const char *name, int value)
10573 {
10574     int i;
10575     const FlagDef *p;
10576     const char *r;
10577
10578     r = name;
10579     if (r[0] == 'n' && r[1] == 'o' && r[2] == '-') {
10580         r += 3;
10581         value = !value;
10582     }
10583     for(i = 0, p = flags; i < nb_flags; i++, p++) {
10584         if (!strcmp(r, p->name))
10585             goto found;
10586     }
10587     return -1;
10588  found:
10589     if (p->flags & FD_INVERT)
10590         value = !value;
10591     *(int *)((uint8_t *)s + p->offset) = value;
10592     return 0;
10593 }
10594
10595
10596 /* set/reset a warning */
10597 int tcc_set_warning(TCCState *s, const char *warning_name, int value)
10598 {
10599     int i;
10600     const FlagDef *p;
10601
10602     if (!strcmp(warning_name, "all")) {
10603         for(i = 0, p = warning_defs; i < countof(warning_defs); i++, p++) {
10604             if (p->flags & WD_ALL)
10605                 *(int *)((uint8_t *)s + p->offset) = 1;
10606         }
10607         return 0;
10608     } else {
10609         return set_flag(s, warning_defs, countof(warning_defs),
10610                         warning_name, value);
10611     }
10612 }
10613
10614 static const FlagDef flag_defs[] = {
10615     { offsetof(TCCState, char_is_unsigned), 0, "unsigned-char" },
10616     { offsetof(TCCState, char_is_unsigned), FD_INVERT, "signed-char" },
10617     { offsetof(TCCState, nocommon), FD_INVERT, "common" },
10618     { offsetof(TCCState, leading_underscore), 0, "leading-underscore" },
10619 };
10620
10621 /* set/reset a flag */
10622 int tcc_set_flag(TCCState *s, const char *flag_name, int value)
10623 {
10624     return set_flag(s, flag_defs, countof(flag_defs),
10625                     flag_name, value);
10626 }
10627
10628 #if !defined(LIBTCC)
10629
10630 static int64_t getclock_us(void)
10631 {
10632 #ifdef _WIN32
10633     struct _timeb tb;
10634     _ftime(&tb);
10635     return (tb.time * 1000LL + tb.millitm) * 1000LL;
10636 #else
10637     struct timeval tv;
10638     gettimeofday(&tv, NULL);
10639     return tv.tv_sec * 1000000LL + tv.tv_usec;
10640 #endif
10641 }
10642
10643 void help(void)
10644 {
10645     printf("tcc version " TCC_VERSION " - Tiny C Compiler - Copyright (C) 2001-2006 Fabrice Bellard\n"
10646            "usage: tcc [-v] [-c] [-o outfile] [-Bdir] [-bench] [-Idir] [-Dsym[=val]] [-Usym]\n"
10647            "           [-Wwarn] [-g] [-b] [-bt N] [-Ldir] [-llib] [-shared] [-soname name]\n"
10648            "           [-static] [infile1 infile2...] [-run infile args...]\n"
10649            "\n"
10650            "General options:\n"
10651            "  -v          display current version, increase verbosity\n"
10652            "  -c          compile only - generate an object file\n"
10653            "  -o outfile  set output filename\n"
10654            "  -Bdir       set tcc internal library path\n"
10655            "  -bench      output compilation statistics\n"
10656            "  -run        run compiled source\n"
10657            "  -fflag      set or reset (with 'no-' prefix) 'flag' (see man page)\n"
10658            "  -Wwarning   set or reset (with 'no-' prefix) 'warning' (see man page)\n"
10659            "  -w          disable all warnings\n"
10660            "Preprocessor options:\n"
10661            "  -E          preprocess only\n"
10662            "  -Idir       add include path 'dir'\n"
10663            "  -Dsym[=val] define 'sym' with value 'val'\n"
10664            "  -Usym       undefine 'sym'\n"
10665            "Linker options:\n"
10666            "  -Ldir       add library path 'dir'\n"
10667            "  -llib       link with dynamic or static library 'lib'\n"
10668            "  -shared     generate a shared library\n"
10669            "  -soname     set name for shared library to be used at runtime\n"
10670            "  -static     static linking\n"
10671            "  -rdynamic   export all global symbols to dynamic linker\n"
10672            "  -r          generate (relocatable) object file\n"
10673            "Debugger options:\n"
10674            "  -g          generate runtime debug info\n"
10675 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
10676            "  -b          compile with built-in memory and bounds checker (implies -g)\n"
10677 #endif
10678            "  -bt N       show N callers in stack traces\n"
10679            );
10680 }
10681
10682 #define TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG 0x0001
10683 #define TCC_OPTION_NOSEP   0x0002 /* cannot have space before option and arg */
10684
10685 typedef struct TCCOption {
10686     const char *name;
10687     uint16_t index;
10688     uint16_t flags;
10689 } TCCOption;
10690
10691 enum {
10692     TCC_OPTION_HELP,
10693     TCC_OPTION_I,
10694     TCC_OPTION_D,
10695     TCC_OPTION_U,
10696     TCC_OPTION_L,
10697     TCC_OPTION_B,
10698     TCC_OPTION_l,
10699     TCC_OPTION_bench,
10700     TCC_OPTION_bt,
10701     TCC_OPTION_b,
10702     TCC_OPTION_g,
10703     TCC_OPTION_c,
10704     TCC_OPTION_static,
10705     TCC_OPTION_shared,
10706     TCC_OPTION_soname,
10707     TCC_OPTION_o,
10708     TCC_OPTION_r,
10709     TCC_OPTION_Wl,
10710     TCC_OPTION_W,
10711     TCC_OPTION_O,
10712     TCC_OPTION_m,
10713     TCC_OPTION_f,
10714     TCC_OPTION_nostdinc,
10715     TCC_OPTION_nostdlib,
10716     TCC_OPTION_print_search_dirs,
10717     TCC_OPTION_rdynamic,
10718     TCC_OPTION_run,
10719     TCC_OPTION_v,
10720     TCC_OPTION_w,
10721     TCC_OPTION_pipe,
10722     TCC_OPTION_E,
10723 };
10724
10725 static const TCCOption tcc_options[] = {
10726     { "h", TCC_OPTION_HELP, 0 },
10727     { "?", TCC_OPTION_HELP, 0 },
10728     { "I", TCC_OPTION_I, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10729     { "D", TCC_OPTION_D, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10730     { "U", TCC_OPTION_U, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10731     { "L", TCC_OPTION_L, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10732     { "B", TCC_OPTION_B, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10733     { "l", TCC_OPTION_l, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10734     { "bench", TCC_OPTION_bench, 0 },
10735     { "bt", TCC_OPTION_bt, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10736 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
10737     { "b", TCC_OPTION_b, 0 },
10738 #endif
10739     { "g", TCC_OPTION_g, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10740     { "c", TCC_OPTION_c, 0 },
10741     { "static", TCC_OPTION_static, 0 },
10742     { "shared", TCC_OPTION_shared, 0 },
10743     { "soname", TCC_OPTION_soname, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10744     { "o", TCC_OPTION_o, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10745     { "run", TCC_OPTION_run, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10746     { "rdynamic", TCC_OPTION_rdynamic, 0 },
10747     { "r", TCC_OPTION_r, 0 },
10748     { "Wl,", TCC_OPTION_Wl, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10749     { "W", TCC_OPTION_W, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10750     { "O", TCC_OPTION_O, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10751     { "m", TCC_OPTION_m, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG },
10752     { "f", TCC_OPTION_f, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10753     { "nostdinc", TCC_OPTION_nostdinc, 0 },
10754     { "nostdlib", TCC_OPTION_nostdlib, 0 },
10755     { "print-search-dirs", TCC_OPTION_print_search_dirs, 0 },
10756     { "v", TCC_OPTION_v, TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG | TCC_OPTION_NOSEP },
10757     { "w", TCC_OPTION_w, 0 },
10758     { "pipe", TCC_OPTION_pipe, 0},
10759     { "E", TCC_OPTION_E, 0},
10760     { NULL },
10761 };
10762
10763 /* convert 'str' into an array of space separated strings */
10764 static int expand_args(char ***pargv, const char *str)
10765 {
10766     const char *s1;
10767     char **argv, *arg;
10768     int argc, len;
10769
10770     argc = 0;
10771     argv = NULL;
10772     for(;;) {
10773         while (is_space(*str))
10774             str++;
10775         if (*str == '\0')
10776             break;
10777         s1 = str;
10778         while (*str != '\0' && !is_space(*str))
10779             str++;
10780         len = str - s1;
10781         arg = tcc_malloc(len + 1);
10782         memcpy(arg, s1, len);
10783         arg[len] = '\0';
10784         dynarray_add((void ***)&argv, &argc, arg);
10785     }
10786     *pargv = argv;
10787     return argc;
10788 }
10789
10790 static char **files;
10791 static int nb_files, nb_libraries;
10792 static int multiple_files;
10793 static int print_search_dirs;
10794 static int output_type;
10795 static int reloc_output;
10796 static const char *outfile;
10797
10798 int parse_args(TCCState *s, int argc, char **argv)
10799 {
10800     int optind;
10801     const TCCOption *popt;
10802     const char *optarg, *p1, *r1;
10803     char *r;
10804
10805     optind = 0;
10806     while (optind < argc) {
10807
10808         r = argv[optind++];
10809         if (r[0] != '-' || r[1] == '\0') {
10810             /* add a new file */
10811             dynarray_add((void ***)&files, &nb_files, r);
10812             if (!multiple_files) {
10813                 optind--;
10814                 /* argv[0] will be this file */
10815                 break;
10816             }
10817         } else {
10818             /* find option in table (match only the first chars */
10819             popt = tcc_options;
10820             for(;;) {
10821                 p1 = popt->name;
10822                 if (p1 == NULL)
10823                     error("invalid option -- '%s'", r);
10824                 r1 = r + 1;
10825                 for(;;) {
10826                     if (*p1 == '\0')
10827                         goto option_found;
10828                     if (*r1 != *p1)
10829                         break;
10830                     p1++;
10831                     r1++;
10832                 }
10833                 popt++;
10834             }
10835         option_found:
10836             if (popt->flags & TCC_OPTION_HAS_ARG) {
10837                 if (*r1 != '\0' || (popt->flags & TCC_OPTION_NOSEP)) {
10838                     optarg = r1;
10839                 } else {
10840                     if (optind >= argc)
10841                         error("argument to '%s' is missing", r);
10842                     optarg = argv[optind++];
10843                 }
10844             } else {
10845                 if (*r1 != '\0')
10846                     return 0;
10847                 optarg = NULL;
10848             }
10849
10850             switch(popt->index) {
10851             case TCC_OPTION_HELP:
10852                 return 0;
10853
10854             case TCC_OPTION_I:
10855                 if (tcc_add_include_path(s, optarg) < 0)
10856                     error("too many include paths");
10857                 break;
10858             case TCC_OPTION_D:
10859                 {
10860                     char *sym, *value;
10861                     sym = (char *)optarg;
10862                     value = strchr(sym, '=');
10863                     if (value) {
10864                         *value = '\0';
10865                         value++;
10866                     }
10867                     tcc_define_symbol(s, sym, value);
10868                 }
10869                 break;
10870             case TCC_OPTION_U:
10871                 tcc_undefine_symbol(s, optarg);
10872                 break;
10873             case TCC_OPTION_L:
10874                 tcc_add_library_path(s, optarg);
10875                 break;
10876             case TCC_OPTION_B:
10877                 /* set tcc utilities path (mainly for tcc development) */
10878                 tcc_lib_path = optarg;
10879                 break;
10880             case TCC_OPTION_l:
10881                 dynarray_add((void ***)&files, &nb_files, r);
10882                 nb_libraries++;
10883                 break;
10884             case TCC_OPTION_bench:
10885                 do_bench = 1;
10886                 break;
10887             case TCC_OPTION_bt:
10888                 num_callers = atoi(optarg);
10889                 break;
10890 #ifdef CONFIG_TCC_BCHECK
10891             case TCC_OPTION_b:
10892                 do_bounds_check = 1;
10893                 do_debug = 1;
10894                 break;
10895 #endif
10896             case TCC_OPTION_g:
10897                 do_debug = 1;
10898                 break;
10899             case TCC_OPTION_c:
10900                 multiple_files = 1;
10901                 output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_OBJ;
10902                 break;
10903             case TCC_OPTION_static:
10904                 s->static_link = 1;
10905                 break;
10906             case TCC_OPTION_shared:
10907                 output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_DLL;
10908                 break;
10909             case TCC_OPTION_soname:
10910                 s->soname = optarg;
10911                 break;
10912             case TCC_OPTION_o:
10913                 multiple_files = 1;
10914                 outfile = optarg;
10915                 break;
10916             case TCC_OPTION_r:
10917                 /* generate a .o merging several output files */
10918                 reloc_output = 1;
10919                 output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_OBJ;
10920                 break;
10921             case TCC_OPTION_nostdinc:
10922                 s->nostdinc = 1;
10923                 break;
10924             case TCC_OPTION_nostdlib:
10925                 s->nostdlib = 1;
10926                 break;
10927             case TCC_OPTION_print_search_dirs:
10928                 print_search_dirs = 1;
10929                 break;
10930             case TCC_OPTION_run:
10931                 {
10932                     int argc1;
10933                     char **argv1;
10934                     argc1 = expand_args(&argv1, optarg);
10935                     if (argc1 > 0) {
10936                         parse_args(s, argc1, argv1);
10937                     }
10938                     multiple_files = 0;
10939                     output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY;
10940                 }
10941                 break;
10942             case TCC_OPTION_v:
10943                 do {
10944                     if (0 == verbose++)
10945                         printf("tcc version %s\n", TCC_VERSION);
10946                 } while (*optarg++ == 'v');
10947                 break;
10948             case TCC_OPTION_f:
10949                 if (tcc_set_flag(s, optarg, 1) < 0 && s->warn_unsupported)
10950                     goto unsupported_option;
10951                 break;
10952             case TCC_OPTION_W:
10953                 if (tcc_set_warning(s, optarg, 1) < 0 &&
10954                     s->warn_unsupported)
10955                     goto unsupported_option;
10956                 break;
10957             case TCC_OPTION_w:
10958                 s->warn_none = 1;
10959                 break;
10960             case TCC_OPTION_rdynamic:
10961                 s->rdynamic = 1;
10962                 break;
10963             case TCC_OPTION_Wl:
10964                 {
10965                     const char *p;
10966                     if (strstart(optarg, "-Ttext,", &p)) {
10967                         s->text_addr = strtoul(p, NULL, 16);
10968                         s->has_text_addr = 1;
10969                     } else if (strstart(optarg, "--oformat,", &p)) {
10970                         if (strstart(p, "elf32-", NULL)) {
10971                             s->output_format = TCC_OUTPUT_FORMAT_ELF;
10972                         } else if (!strcmp(p, "binary")) {
10973                             s->output_format = TCC_OUTPUT_FORMAT_BINARY;
10974                         } else
10975 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_COFF
10976                         if (!strcmp(p, "coff")) {
10977                             s->output_format = TCC_OUTPUT_FORMAT_COFF;
10978                         } else
10979 #endif
10980                         {
10981                             error("target %s not found", p);
10982                         }
10983                     } else {
10984                         error("unsupported linker option '%s'", optarg);
10985                     }
10986                 }
10987                 break;
10988             case TCC_OPTION_E:
10989                 output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_PREPROCESS;
10990                 break;
10991             default:
10992                 if (s->warn_unsupported) {
10993                 unsupported_option:
10994                     warning("unsupported option '%s'", r);
10995                 }
10996                 break;
10997             }
10998         }
10999     }
11000     return optind + 1;
11001 }
11002
11003 int main(int argc, char **argv)
11004 {
11005     int i;
11006     TCCState *s;
11007     int nb_objfiles, ret, optind;
11008     char objfilename[1024];
11009     int64_t start_time = 0;
11010
11011 #ifdef _WIN32
11012     tcc_lib_path = w32_tcc_lib_path();
11013 #endif
11014
11015     s = tcc_new();
11016     output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_EXE;
11017     outfile = NULL;
11018     multiple_files = 1;
11019     files = NULL;
11020     nb_files = 0;
11021     nb_libraries = 0;
11022     reloc_output = 0;
11023     print_search_dirs = 0;
11024     ret = 0;
11025
11026     optind = parse_args(s, argc - 1, argv + 1);
11027     if (print_search_dirs) {
11028         /* enough for Linux kernel */
11029         printf("install: %s/\n", tcc_lib_path);
11030         return 0;
11031     }
11032     if (optind == 0 || nb_files == 0) {
11033         if (optind && verbose)
11034             return 0;
11035         help();
11036         return 1;
11037     }
11038
11039     nb_objfiles = nb_files - nb_libraries;
11040
11041     /* if outfile provided without other options, we output an
11042        executable */
11043     if (outfile && output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY)
11044         output_type = TCC_OUTPUT_EXE;
11045
11046     /* check -c consistency : only single file handled. XXX: checks file type */
11047     if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_OBJ && !reloc_output) {
11048         /* accepts only a single input file */
11049         if (nb_objfiles != 1)
11050             error("cannot specify multiple files with -c");
11051         if (nb_libraries != 0)
11052             error("cannot specify libraries with -c");
11053     }
11054
11055
11056     if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_PREPROCESS) {
11057         if (!outfile) {
11058             s->outfile = stdout;
11059         } else {
11060             s->outfile = fopen(outfile, "w");
11061             if (!s->outfile)
11062                 error("could not open '%s", outfile);
11063         }
11064     } else if (output_type != TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY) {
11065         if (!outfile) {
11066             /* compute default outfile name */
11067             char *ext;
11068             const char *name =
11069                 strcmp(files[0], "-") == 0 ? "a" : tcc_basename(files[0]);
11070             pstrcpy(objfilename, sizeof(objfilename), name);
11071             ext = tcc_fileextension(objfilename);
11072 #ifdef TCC_TARGET_PE
11073             if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_DLL)
11074                 strcpy(ext, ".dll");
11075             else
11076             if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_EXE)
11077                 strcpy(ext, ".exe");
11078             else
11079 #endif
11080             if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_OBJ && !reloc_output && *ext)
11081                 strcpy(ext, ".o");
11082             else
11083                 pstrcpy(objfilename, sizeof(objfilename), "a.out");
11084             outfile = objfilename;
11085         }
11086     }
11087
11088     if (do_bench) {
11089         start_time = getclock_us();
11090     }
11091
11092     tcc_set_output_type(s, output_type);
11093
11094     /* compile or add each files or library */
11095     for(i = 0; i < nb_files && ret == 0; i++) {
11096         const char *filename;
11097
11098         filename = files[i];
11099         if (output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_PREPROCESS) {
11100             if (tcc_add_file_internal(s, filename,
11101                     AFF_PRINT_ERROR | AFF_PREPROCESS) < 0)
11102                 ret = 1;
11103         } else if (filename[0] == '-' && filename[1]) {
11104             if (tcc_add_library(s, filename + 2) < 0)
11105                 error("cannot find %s", filename);
11106         } else {
11107             if (1 == verbose)
11108                 printf("-> %s\n", filename);
11109             if (tcc_add_file(s, filename) < 0)
11110                 ret = 1;
11111         }
11112     }
11113
11114     /* free all files */
11115     tcc_free(files);
11116
11117     if (ret)
11118         goto the_end;
11119
11120     if (do_bench) {
11121         double total_time;
11122         total_time = (double)(getclock_us() - start_time) / 1000000.0;
11123         if (total_time < 0.001)
11124             total_time = 0.001;
11125         if (total_bytes < 1)
11126             total_bytes = 1;
11127         printf("%d idents, %d lines, %d bytes, %0.3f s, %d lines/s, %0.1f MB/s\n",
11128                tok_ident - TOK_IDENT, total_lines, total_bytes,
11129                total_time, (int)(total_lines / total_time),
11130                total_bytes / total_time / 1000000.0);
11131     }
11132
11133     if (s->output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_PREPROCESS) {
11134         if (outfile)
11135             fclose(s->outfile);
11136     } else if (s->output_type == TCC_OUTPUT_MEMORY) {
11137         ret = tcc_run(s, argc - optind, argv + optind);
11138     } else
11139         ret = tcc_output_file(s, outfile) ? 1 : 0;
11140  the_end:
11141     /* XXX: cannot do it with bound checking because of the malloc hooks */
11142     if (!do_bounds_check)
11143         tcc_delete(s);
11144
11145 #ifdef MEM_DEBUG
11146     if (do_bench) {
11147         printf("memory: %d bytes, max = %d bytes\n", mem_cur_size, mem_max_size);
11148     }
11149 #endif
11150     return ret;
11151 }
11152
11153 #endif